[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022150990A1 - Wireless communication method and apparatus, and communication device - Google Patents

Wireless communication method and apparatus, and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022150990A1
WO2022150990A1 PCT/CN2021/071339 CN2021071339W WO2022150990A1 WO 2022150990 A1 WO2022150990 A1 WO 2022150990A1 CN 2021071339 W CN2021071339 W CN 2021071339W WO 2022150990 A1 WO2022150990 A1 WO 2022150990A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
request
send
indication information
indication
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/071339
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Original Assignee
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd filed Critical Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority to CN202180089435.6A priority Critical patent/CN116686364A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2021/071339 priority patent/WO2022150990A1/en
Publication of WO2022150990A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022150990A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of mobile communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for wireless communication, and a communication device.
  • NR New Radio
  • the high-frequency frequency band includes licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum, wherein licensed spectrum may also be referred to as unshared spectrum, and unlicensed spectrum may also be referred to as shared spectrum. Because the frequency band is relatively high, the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on the high frequency band is different from the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on FR1/FR2. For the unlicensed spectrum on the high-frequency frequency band, there is no clear solution on how to support the channel access mode assisted by the receiving side.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for wireless communication, and a communication device.
  • the first device receives first control information sent by the second device, where the first control information includes request-to-send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;
  • the first device determines, according to the first control information, the request to send information of the first device
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the request of the first device to send information.
  • the second device sends first control information, where the first control information includes at least one device's request to send information, and the at least one device includes the first device;
  • the request to send information of the first device is used for the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device.
  • the apparatus for wireless communication provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the first device, and the apparatus includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information includes request-to-send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;
  • a determining unit configured to determine the request to send information of the first device according to the first control information; to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the request to send information of the first device.
  • the apparatus for wireless communication provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the second device, and the apparatus includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send first control information, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;
  • the request to send information of the first device is used for the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device.
  • the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application may be the first device in the foregoing solution or the second device in the foregoing solution, and the communication device includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used for storing a computer program
  • the processor is used for calling and running the computer program stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.
  • the chip provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to implement the above-mentioned wireless communication method.
  • the chip includes: a processor for calling and running a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned wireless communication method.
  • the computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to store a computer program, and the computer program enables a computer to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.
  • the computer program product provided by the embodiments of the present application includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.
  • the computer program provided by the embodiment of the present application when it runs on the computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.
  • the second device sends first control information to the first device, where the first control information includes at least one device's request to send information, and the first device obtains the first device's request to send from the first control information After the information is received, whether to send response information to the second device may be determined according to the request to send information, so as to complete the interaction between the first device and the second device in the channel access process corresponding to the channel access mode assisted by the receiving side.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a channel access mode assisted by a receiving side provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4-1 is a schematic diagram 1 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 4-2 is a schematic diagram 2 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 4-3 is a schematic diagram 3 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 4-4 is a schematic diagram 4 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structure and composition of the apparatus for wireless communication provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD Time division duplex
  • LTE-A advanced long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • evolution systems of NR systems LTE on unlicensed bands (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum, NR-U) system on unlicensed frequency bands, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global Worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, wireless local area networks (WLAN), wireless fidelity (WiFi), next-generation communication systems or other communication systems, etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • the communication system in this embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, or a standalone (Standalone, SA) distribution. web scene.
  • Carrier Aggregation, CA Carrier Aggregation, CA
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • SA standalone
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where, Licensed spectrum can also be considered unshared spectrum.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (Terrestrial Networks, TN) system.
  • NTN non-terrestrial communication network
  • TN terrestrial communication network
  • the embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a station (STATION, ST) in the WLAN, can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as end devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites) superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • a mobile phone Mobile Phone
  • a tablet computer Pad
  • a computer with a wireless transceiver function a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device
  • augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, and remote station , remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE proxy or UE device, etc.
  • Terminal devices can also be stationary or mobile.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , it can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, it can also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices and NR networks
  • the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a High Elliptical Orbit (HEO) ) satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.
  • a network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device (
  • the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell).
  • Pico cell Femto cell (Femto cell), etc.
  • These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a terminal 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal, a terminal).
  • the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area and may communicate with terminals located within the coverage area.
  • the network device 110 may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the
  • the network device can be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, a network-side device in a 5G network, or a network device in a future communication system, etc.
  • the communication system 100 also includes at least one terminal 120 located within the coverage of the network device 110 .
  • Terminal includes, but is not limited to, connections via wired lines, such as via Public Switched Telephone Networks (PSTN), Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), digital cable, direct cable connections; and/or another data connection/network; and/or via a wireless interface, e.g. for cellular networks, Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), digital television networks such as DVB-H networks, satellite networks, AM-FM A broadcast transmitter; and/or a device of another terminal configured to receive/transmit a communication signal; and/or an Internet of Things (IoT) device.
  • PSTN Public Switched Telephone Networks
  • DSL Digital Subscriber Line
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • digital television networks such as DVB-H networks, satellite networks, AM-FM A broadcast transmitter
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • a terminal arranged to communicate through a wireless interface may be referred to as a "wireless communication terminal", “wireless terminal” or “mobile terminal”.
  • mobile terminals include, but are not limited to, satellite or cellular telephones; Personal Communications System (PCS) terminals that may combine cellular radio telephones with data processing, fax, and data communications capabilities; may include radio telephones, pagers, Internet/Intranet PDAs with networking access, web browsers, memo pads, calendars, and/or Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers; and conventional laptop and/or palmtop receivers or others including radiotelephone transceivers electronic device.
  • PCS Personal Communications System
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • a terminal may refer to an access terminal, user equipment (UE), subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in 5G networks or terminals in future evolved PLMNs, etc.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • direct terminal (Device to Device, D2D) communication may be performed between the terminals 120 .
  • the 5G communication system or the 5G network may also be referred to as a new radio (New Radio, NR) system or an NR network.
  • New Radio NR
  • NR New Radio
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminals.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminals. This embodiment of the present application This is not limited.
  • the communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a device having a communication function in the network/system may be referred to as a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a network device 110 and a terminal 120 with a communication function, and the network device 110 and the terminal 120 may be the specific devices described above, which will not be repeated here;
  • the device may further include other devices in the communication system 100, such as other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an associated relationship.
  • a indicates B it can indicate that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indicates B indirectly, such as A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • corresponding may indicate that there is a direct or indirect corresponding relationship between the two, or may indicate that there is an associated relationship between the two, or indicate and be instructed, configure and be instructed configuration, etc.
  • the indication information in this embodiment of the present application includes physical layer signaling such as downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control unit (Media Access Control Unit).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Media Access Control Unit Media Access Control Unit
  • MAC CE Access Control Control Element
  • the high-level configuration parameters or high-level configuration signaling in the embodiments of the present application include system messages, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control element (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE). ) at least one of them.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Media Access Control Control Element
  • predefined may be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices).
  • devices for example, including terminal devices and network devices.
  • predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which are not limited in this application. .
  • the research of the NR system mainly considers two frequency bands, namely FR1 and FR2, among which, the frequency domain ranges included in FR1 and FR2 are shown in Table 1 below.
  • the new frequency band is called the high frequency frequency band.
  • the high frequency frequency band can also be represented by FRX. It is understood that this band name should not constitute any qualification, for example, FRX may be FR3.
  • the frequency domain range included by FRX is shown in Table 2 below.
  • FRX includes licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum, wherein licensed spectrum may also be called unshared spectrum or dedicated spectrum, and unlicensed spectrum may also be called shared spectrum.
  • Unlicensed spectrum is the spectrum allocated by countries and regions that can be used for radio equipment communication. This spectrum is generally considered to be shared spectrum, that is, communication equipment in different communication systems can meet the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the spectrum. To use this spectrum, there is no need to apply for an exclusive spectrum license from the government.
  • a communication device follows the "Listen Before Talk (LBT)" principle, that is, before a communication device transmits a signal on an unlicensed spectrum channel, it needs to perform channel listening first, and only when the channel listening result is a channel The communication device can send signals only when it is idle; if the channel detection result of the communication device on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot send signals.
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the duration of signal transmission by the communication device using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum cannot exceed a certain duration.
  • the communication device needs to follow the maximum power spectrum when using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum for signal transmission. Density limit. It should be noted that in some countries or regions, there is no LBT requirement for the unlicensed spectrum included in the FRX frequency band.
  • the subcarrier spacing of FRX may be larger than that of FR2, and the current candidate subcarrier spacing includes at least one of the following: 240 kHz, 480 kHz, and 960 kHz.
  • the corresponding parameter sets (Numerology) under these candidate subcarrier intervals are shown in Table 3 below.
  • NCP in Table 3 refers to a normal cyclic prefix (Normal Cyclic Prefix), and ECP refers to an extended cyclic prefix (Extended Cyclic Prefix).
  • MCOT Maximum Channel Occupancy Time
  • Channel Occupancy Time refers to the length of time that the channel is used for signal transmission after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum. length of time. Wherein, the signal occupation of the channel may be continuous or discontinuous within the time length, and the time length includes the total time for signal transmission by the device initiating the channel occupation and the device sharing the channel occupation.
  • Channel occupation time of network equipment also known as COT initiated by network equipment, it refers to a channel occupation time obtained by network equipment after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum.
  • the COT initiated by the network device can not only be used for transmission by the network device, but also can be used for transmission by the terminal device under certain conditions.
  • UE-initiated COT also known as COT initiated by the terminal device, it refers to the channel occupancy time obtained by the terminal device after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum.
  • the COT initiated by the terminal device can not only be used for transmission by the terminal device, but also can be used for transmission by the network device under certain conditions.
  • Downlink transmission opportunity refers to a group of downlink transmissions (that is, including one or more downlink transmissions) performed by network equipment, and the group of downlink transmissions is continuous transmission (that is, there is no gap between multiple downlink transmissions), or the There is a gap in the group downlink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, on the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 microseconds. If the gap between two downlink transmissions performed by the network device is greater than the preset value of 16 microseconds, the two downlink transmissions are considered to belong to two downlink transmission opportunities.
  • Uplink transmission opportunity refers to a group of uplink transmissions performed by terminal equipment (that is, including one or more uplink transmissions), the group of uplink transmissions is continuous transmission (that is, there is no gap between multiple uplink transmissions), or the There is a gap in the group uplink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, in the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 microseconds. If the gap between two uplink transmissions performed by the terminal device is greater than the preset value of 16 microseconds, the two uplink transmissions are considered to belong to two uplink transmission opportunities.
  • the above-mentioned preset value may be other values, for example, 8 microseconds. This application is not limited to this.
  • Channel Detection Success Also known as LBT Success or Channel Detection Idle.
  • LBT Success also known as Channel Detection Idle.
  • the energy detection in the listening time slot performed on the channel is below the energy detection threshold.
  • Channel Detection Failed Also known as LBT Failure or Channel Detection Busy.
  • the energy detection in the listening time slot of the channel is higher than or equal to the energy detection threshold.
  • the channel access method assisted by the receiving side is a channel access method similar to the Request To Send/Clear To Send (RTS/CTS) mechanism of the Wi-Fi system. as shown in picture 2,
  • the network device Before the network device transmits, it first sends an RTS signal, and the RTS signal is used to inquire whether the terminal device is ready to receive data.
  • the terminal device After receiving the RTS signal, if the channel detection is successful, the terminal device can send a CTS signal to the network device.
  • the CTS signal is used to inform the network device that the terminal device is ready for data reception.
  • the CTS signal carries the interference measurement result of the terminal device; the network device can perform downlink transmission to the terminal device after receiving the CTS signal. or,
  • Case 2 If the terminal device does not receive the RTS signal or the terminal device receives the RTS signal but cannot send the CTS signal due to channel detection failure, the terminal device will not send the CTS signal to the network device; the network device does not receive the CTS signal from the terminal device. In the case of , the downlink transmission to the terminal equipment can be abandoned.
  • the channel access mode can include omnidirectional channel access mode (ie omnidirectional LBT), directional channel access mode (ie directional LBT), receiving side Auxiliary channel access mode (ie receiving side auxiliary LBT) and channel access mode without channel detection (ie without LBT) and so on.
  • the channel access method without channel detection may also need to be limited by certain conditions, such as automatic transmit power control (Automatic Transmit Power Control, ATPC), DFS, long-term interference detection or other interference cancellation mechanisms.
  • ATPC Automatic Transmit Power Control
  • DFS long-term interference detection or other interference cancellation mechanisms.
  • the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FRX is different from the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FR1 frequency band.
  • a channel access method based on transceiver interaction which is also called a receiving-side auxiliary channel access method, may be introduced. If the receiver-assisted channel access mode is to be supported on the unlicensed spectrum on the FRX, a clear scheme is required for how to send the request-to-send information.
  • the following technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are proposed, and the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to, but not limited to, unlicensed spectrum on FRX.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method for wireless communication includes the following steps:
  • Step 301 A first device receives first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device.
  • Step 302 The first device determines, according to the first control information, information requested by the first device to send.
  • Step 303 The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the request of the first device to send information.
  • the second device sends first control information
  • the first device receives the first control information sent by the second device.
  • the first control information includes at least one device's request to send information
  • the at least one The device includes a first device, that is, the first control information includes at least the request to send information of the first device, wherein the request to send information of the first device is used by the first device to determine whether to send the first device to the first device.
  • the second device sends a response message.
  • the first control information is downlink control information
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first control information is sideline control information
  • the first device is a first terminal device
  • the second device is a second terminal device.
  • the first control information may be public control information.
  • the public control information can be reflected in the following two aspects:
  • the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein the first wireless network temporary identifier (Radio Network Tempory Identity, RNTI) corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI.
  • RNTI Radio Network Tempory Identity
  • the first control information corresponds to a first downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) format
  • the first RNTI corresponding to the first DCI format is a common RNTI.
  • the first RNTI is a slot format indicator wireless network temporary identity (Slot Format Indicator-Radio NetworkTempory Identity, SFI-RNTI).
  • SFI-RNTI Slot Format Indicator-Radio NetworkTempory Identity
  • the first RNTI corresponds to a group of terminal equipment, wherein the group of terminal equipment includes at least one terminal equipment.
  • the first control information corresponds to the first sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI) format
  • the first RNTI corresponding to the first SCI format is a common RNTI
  • the first RNTI corresponds to a group of terminal equipment, wherein the group of terminal equipment includes at least one terminal equipment.
  • a second aspect the first control information is transmitted through a group common control channel.
  • the first control information may be transmitted through a group common physical downlink control channel (Group Common-Physical Downlink Control Channel, GC-PDCCH).
  • group common physical downlink control channel Group Common-Physical Downlink Control Channel, GC-PDCCH.
  • the first control information may be transmitted through a group common physical sidelink control channel (Group Common-Physical Sidelink Control Channel, GC-PSCCH).
  • group common physical sidelink control channel Group Common-Physical Sidelink Control Channel, GC-PSCCH.
  • each of the multiple devices determines the information requested to be sent in the same manner, that is, the first device determines its request to send information. Information is sent in the same way.
  • the following describes the specific information contained in the request to send information of the first device.
  • the request sending information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT End location information, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, and control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.
  • first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.
  • the information determined by the request to send the information of the first device is not limited to the above types, and may also include other information.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part (Band Width Part, BWP) or at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • BWP Band Width Part
  • the request-to-send information of the first device includes at least one request-to-send information, and each request-to-send information in the at least one request-to-send information is associated with one cell or one BWP or one frequency domain resource set.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes the first request to send information and the second request to send information, wherein the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the second request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set.
  • the information is associated with the second cell or the second BWP or the second set of frequency domain resources.
  • the at least one cell refers to at least one cell in which the first device is configured.
  • the at least one BWP includes a BWP on at least one cell in which the first device is configured.
  • the at least one BWP includes an activated BWP on at least one cell in which the first device is configured.
  • the at least one set of frequency domain resources corresponds to one BWP or one cell.
  • the at least one frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set included in a BWP; or, the at least one frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set included in a cell.
  • each frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set corresponds to one BWP or one cell.
  • each frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set corresponds to a frequency domain resource included in one BWP configured by the first device; or, each frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set The domain resource set corresponds to frequency domain resources included in a cell configured by the first device.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first request to send information, and the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, wherein the The first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.
  • the first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device. It can also be understood that the first device is configured with at least one cell, and the first cell is one of the at least one cell. of a district.
  • the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell. It can also be understood that the first cell is configured with at least one BWP, and the first BWP is one of the at least one BWP. to activate the BWP.
  • the first frequency-domain resource set is a frequency-domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP. It can also be understood that the first BWP corresponds to at least one frequency-domain resource set.
  • the domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is predefined; or, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter .
  • the first request to send information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT end position information, Frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, and control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.
  • first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.
  • the information included in the first request to send information is not limited to the above types, and may also include other information.
  • the following describes how the information included in the first request-to-send information is determined, how the location of the information included in the first request-to-send information is determined, and the occupation of the information included in the first request-to-send information Explain how the number of bits is determined.
  • the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following methods:
  • Manner 1 The information included in the first request to send information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device.
  • the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs.
  • the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.
  • the information included in the first request-to-send information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter, or, whether or not the first request-to-send information includes one or several pieces of information may also be configured through a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the following is an example of configuring whether the first request-to-send information includes a certain piece of information, such as the first information, by using high-level configuration parameters.
  • the first request-to-send information includes multiple pieces of information
  • the multiple pieces of information are configured by high-level configuration parameters.
  • other information its configuration can be the same as the first information.
  • the first information corresponds to a first high-layer configuration parameter, and whether the first request-to-send information includes the first information may be configured through the first high-layer configuration parameter.
  • the first high-layer configuration parameter takes a first value, indicating that the first request to send information includes the first information, or the first high-layer configuration parameter takes a second value, indicating that the first request to send The first information is not included in the information.
  • the first high layer configuration parameter if the first high layer configuration parameter is configured, it indicates that the first request to send information includes the first information, and if the first high layer configuration parameter is not configured, it indicates that the first request to send information does not include the first information.
  • the first high-layer configuration parameter includes one value, and the first request-to-send information does not include the first information; or, the first high-layer configuration parameter includes multiple values, and the first request to send The information includes the first information.
  • the configuration of the first request to send information by using a high-level configuration parameter includes the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, and response resource indication information.
  • whether the first request-to-send information includes the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, and response resource indication information is configured through a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the first request-to-send information includes response resource indication information if the configuration includes high-level configuration parameters including response resource indication information; if no high-level configuration parameters including response resource indication information are configured, the first request-to-send information includes response resource indication information. Does not include response resource indication information.
  • Manner 2 The information included in the first request to send information is predefined.
  • what information is included in the first request-to-send information may be pre-defined (ie, specified by a protocol), or it may also be pre-defined whether which one or several pieces of information are included in the first request-to-send information.
  • the first request to send information includes the following information according to the protocol: first indication information, beam indication information and response resource indication information.
  • whether the first request to send information includes the following information is specified through a protocol: first indication information, beam indication information, and response resource indication information.
  • Manner 3 The information included in the first request to send information is determined based on the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell.
  • the information included in the first request to send information has an association relationship with the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell, and the information included in the first request to send information may be determined according to the association relationship and the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell, or It is determined whether which one or several pieces of information the first request-to-send information includes.
  • the first request to send information does not include the first indication information.
  • the first request to send information includes the first indication information.
  • Manner 4 The information included in the first request to send information is determined based on the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell.
  • the information included in the first request to send information has an association relationship with the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell, and it can be determined according to the association relationship and the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell that the first request to send information includes which information, or determine whether the first request to send the information includes which one or which pieces of information.
  • the channel access mechanism may include a channel access mechanism with channel detection (ie, a channel access mechanism with LBT) and a channel access mechanism without channel detection (ie, a channel access mechanism without LBT).
  • the channel access mechanism for channel detection can be further divided into a dynamic channel access mechanism and a semi-static channel access mechanism.
  • the first request to send information does not include the first indication information.
  • the first request to send information includes the first indication information.
  • the location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information is in the first control information
  • the location is predefined.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device.
  • the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs.
  • the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.
  • the following is an example of determining a certain piece of information included in the first request-to-send information, for example, the position determination method of the first information in the first control information.
  • the manner of determining its position in the first control information may also be determined by using at least one of the following manners.
  • Manner I The position of the first information in the first control information is determined based on a high-layer configuration parameter.
  • the location of the first information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the position may be a starting position of the first information in the first control information.
  • the position is the position of the first bit of the first information in the first control information.
  • the starting position of the response resource indication information in the first control information is configured by using a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the position of the first information in the first control information may be predefined (ie specified by a protocol).
  • the position may be a starting position of the first information in the first control information.
  • the position is the position of the first bit of the first information in the first control information.
  • the starting position of the response resource indication information in the first control information is specified by a protocol.
  • the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device.
  • the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs.
  • the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.
  • the location of each information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the starting position of each information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the starting position is the position of the first bit of the information in the first control information.
  • the starting position of the first indication information in the first control information is configured through a high-level configuration parameter, and the response resource indication information is in the The starting position in the first control information.
  • the location of each of the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be predefined (ie, specified by the protocol).
  • the position may be the starting position of the information in the first control information, for example, the position is the position of the first bit of the information in the first control information.
  • the protocol specifies the starting position of the first indication information in the first control information, and the response resource indication information in the first control information. The starting position in the message.
  • the position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the position of a part of the information in the first control information is predefined.
  • the position (eg, the starting position) of each piece of information in the first control information can be configured through a high-level configuration parameter, which is predefined. (ie, specified by the protocol) the position (eg, starting position) of each of the other pieces of information in the first control information.
  • the starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is based on a high-level configuration parameter It is determined that the position of the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, where the predefined rule includes all the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information. Further, the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is: the at least two pieces of information are sequentially ordered in the first control information.
  • the first information of the at least two pieces of information is ranked first in the first control information.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request to send information is in the first control information.
  • the corresponding number of bits in the message is predefined.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device.
  • the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs.
  • the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.
  • the following is an example of determining a certain piece of information included in the first request-to-send information, for example, the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information.
  • the manner of determining the corresponding number of bits in the first control information may also be determined by using at least one of the following manners.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information may be configured through a high-layer configuration parameter.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the response resource indication information in the first control information is configured by high layer configuration parameters as S bits, where S is a positive integer.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information may be predefined (ie specified by a protocol).
  • the protocol specifies that the number of bits corresponding to the response resource indication information in the first control information is S bits, and S is a positive integer.
  • the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.
  • the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device.
  • the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs.
  • the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.
  • the number of bits corresponding to each piece of information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the first indication information in the first control information is configured by high-level configuration parameters as S1 bits, and the response resource The number of bits corresponding to the indication information in the first control information is S2 bits, and S1 and S2 are positive integers.
  • the number of bits corresponding to each information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be predefined (ie, specified by a protocol).
  • the protocol specifies that the number of bits corresponding to the first indication information in the first control information is S1 bits, and the response resource indication information The corresponding number of bits in the first control information is S2 bits, and S1 and S2 are positive integers.
  • the number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters, and the at least two pieces of information
  • the number of bits corresponding to another part of the information in the first control information is predefined.
  • the number of bits corresponding to each piece of information in the first control information can be configured through high-level configuration parameters, which are predefined (that is, specified by the protocol) ) The number of bits corresponding to the first control information for each piece of information in the other part of the information.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the first indication information in the first control information is configured by high-level configuration parameters to be S1 bits, and the protocol It is specified that the number of bits corresponding to the response resource indication information in the first control information is S2 bits, and S1 and S2 are positive integers.
  • the number of bits corresponding to a piece of information in the first control information is related to the number of states corresponding to the information, or the number of bits corresponding to a piece of information in the first control information is determined based on the number of states corresponding to the information of. In some embodiments, the number of states corresponding to a message is determined or predefined based on high-level configuration parameters.
  • one piece of information in the first request-to-send information is configured through high-level configuration parameters to correspond to M states, or the information is predefined to correspond to M states, where M is a positive integer, then the information corresponds to the first control information
  • configuring certain information in the first request-to-send information, such as the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information, by using high-layer configuration parameters includes: configuring M states corresponding to the first information by using high-layer configuration parameters , the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information is ceil(log2(M)).
  • the request to send information of the first device including the first request to send information as an example for description, and it is not limited to this.
  • the request to send information of the first device may also include One or more other request-to-send information.
  • the request-to-send information of the first device further including second request-to-send information as an example, the second request-to-send information is associated with the second cell or the second BWP or the second frequency domain resource set, where , the second cell is the cell corresponding to the first device, the second BWP is the BWP corresponding to the second cell, and the second frequency domain resource set is the frequency domain resource corresponding to the second BWP gather.
  • the second request-to-send information For the second request-to-send information, how is the information included in the second request-to-send information determined, how is the location of the information included in the second request-to-send information determined, and the information included in the second request-to-send information For how the number of occupied bits is determined, reference may be made to the foregoing related description about the first request to send information.
  • the determination method used for the second request to send information may be the same as the determination method used for the first request to send information, or the determination method used for the second request to send information may also be the same as the determination method used for the first request to send information.
  • the information included in the first request-to-send information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters, and the information included in the second request-to-send information is predefined.
  • the position of each information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined, and the position of each information included in the second request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters .
  • the number of bits corresponding to each information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters
  • the number of bits corresponding to each information included in the second request to send information in the first control information Determined based on high-level configuration parameters.
  • the information included in the first request-to-send information and the second request-to-send information may be the same or different.
  • both the first request to send information and the second request to send information include a certain information
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information in the first request to send information is the number of bits corresponding to the information in the second request to send information. , which can be the same or different.
  • the first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B.
  • the network device configures the starting position of the information A in the first control information through the first high-level configuration parameter to be the L1th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information A in the first control information is S1 bits; the network device configures the information A through the second higher layer.
  • the starting position of the parameter configuration information B in the first control information is the L2th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information B in the first control information is S2 bits, as shown in Figure 4-1.
  • the first device After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the L2th bit in the first control information , and determine that the S2 bit corresponds to the information B.
  • the first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B.
  • the ordering rule of the information A and the information B in the first control information is predefined, for example, the information A and the information B are sequentially ordered in the first control information, and the information A is located before the information B.
  • the network device configures the starting position of the information A in the first control information through the high-level configuration parameters is the L1th bit, wherein the number of bits corresponding to the information A is S1 bits; the starting position of the information B in the first control information is located in the information A. After the end position of , the number of bits corresponding to information B is S2 bits, as shown in Figure 4-2.
  • the first device After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to the information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the next bit after the S1 bit, And determine that the S2 bit corresponds to the information B.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first request to send information and second request to send information
  • the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set
  • the second request to send information is associated with the first The two cells or the second BWP or the second frequency domain resource set are associated.
  • the first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B.
  • the second request-to-send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information C and information D.
  • the starting position of the network device configuration information A in the first control information through the first high-level configuration parameter is the L1th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information A is S1 bit; the network device configures the information B through the second-layer configuration parameter in the first
  • the starting position in the control information is the L2th bit, and the number of bits corresponding to the information B is the S2 bit;
  • the starting position of the configuration information C in the first control information by the network device through the third-layer configuration parameter is the L3th bit,
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information C is S3 bits;
  • the network device configures the starting position of the information D in the first control information through the fourth layer configuration parameter is the L4th bit, and the number of bits corresponding to the information D is S4 bits, as shown in the figure 4-3.
  • the first device After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the L2th bit in the first control information , and determine the corresponding information B of the S2 bit; start to read the S3 bit from the L3 bit in the first control information, and determine the corresponding information C of the S3 bit; start to read the S4 bit from the L4 bit in the first control information, And it is determined that the S4 bit corresponds to the information D.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first request to send information and second request to send information
  • the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set
  • the second request to send information is associated with the first The two cells or the second BWP or the second frequency domain resource set are associated.
  • the first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B.
  • the sorting rules of information A and information B in the first control information are predefined, for example, information A and information B are in the first control information. Sequential ordering, with message A before message B.
  • the second request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information C and information D.
  • the ordering rules of information C and information D in the first control information are predefined, for example, information C and information D are sequentially ordered in the first control information. , and information C precedes information D.
  • the network device configures the starting position of the information A in the first control information through the first high-level configuration parameter is the L1th bit, wherein the number of bits corresponding to the information A is S1 bits; the starting position of the information B in the first control information is located at After the end position of the information A, the number of bits corresponding to the information B is S2 bits.
  • the network device configures the starting position of the information C in the first control information through the third-layer configuration parameter is the L3th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information C is S3 bits; the starting position of the information D in the first control information format After the end of information C, the number of bits corresponding to information D is S4 bits, as shown in Figure 4-4.
  • the first device After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to the information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the next bit after the S1 bit, and determine the corresponding information B of the S2 bit; read the S3 bit from the L3 bit in the first control information, and determine the corresponding information C of the S3 bit; start to read the S4 bit from the next bit after the S3 bit, and It is determined that the S4 bit corresponds to the information D.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or, the first indication information is used to instruct the first device not to request transmission; or, the first indication An indication information is used to indicate to the first group to request transmission; or, the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group not to request transmission; wherein, the first device corresponds to the first group, and the The first group is a device group or a cell group.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1 bit.
  • the value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; the value of 1 bit is the second value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device not to request transmission .
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1 bit.
  • the value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; the value of 1 bit is the second value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group not to request transmission .
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the first group in the above solution is a device group, the device group includes at least one device, and the first device belongs to the device group.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct all devices in the device group to which the first device belongs to request transmission, or the first indication information is used to instruct all devices in the device group to which the first device belongs to not request transmission.
  • the first group in the above solution is a cell group, and the cell group includes at least one cell, and the at least one cell is all or part of the cells configured by the first device, for example, the first device is configured with 4 two cells are divided into cell group 1, the other two cells are divided into cell group 2, and the first group is cell group 1.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the cell group 1 to request transmission, or the first indication information is used to instruct the cell group 1 not to request transmission. It should be noted that the first indication information is used to instruct the cell group to request transmission, and it can be understood that the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission on all cells in the cell group.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the cell group not to request transmission, and it can be understood that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested on all cells in the cell group.
  • the first indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or, the first indication information is used to Indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group requesting transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or, the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that the first cell or the first No transmission is requested on a BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; wherein, the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.
  • the first indication information may be sent through the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, the first control information may be sent through the first The cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources is sent.
  • the first indication information may not be sent through the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, the first control information may not be sent through any The first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set is sent.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1 bit.
  • the value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set;
  • the value of 1 bit is the second value , indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set.
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the first indication information is represented by 1 bit.
  • the value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set;
  • the value of 1 bit is the second value , indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set.
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the first group in the above solution is a device group, the device group includes at least one device, and the first device belongs to the device group.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct all devices in the device group to which the first device belongs to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, or the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device All devices in the device group to which they belong indicate that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources.
  • the first indication information may be implemented in the following ways:
  • the first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information.
  • the first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information. It can be understood that the first indication information occupies a separate information field (or a dedicated information field) in the first control information. information field). For example, the first indication information occupies a 1-bit information field in the first control information.
  • the first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request to send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.
  • the first indication information does not have an independent information field in the first control information, and the first indication information may send a first information state of at least one type of information through a request from the first device To represent. If at least one type of information in the request-to-send information of the first device has the first information state, it indicates that no transmission is requested; if at least one type of information in the request-to-send information of the first device does not have the first information state , it indicates that transmission is requested, and the first device interprets the information status of the at least one type of information in a normal manner.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes response resource indication information, and the first indication information is represented by an information state corresponding to the response resource indication information. If the response resource indication information indicates an invalid response resource, for example, the time domain location of the response resource is not indicated, it means that the second device does not request transmission from the first device; or, if the response resource indication information indicates a valid response resource , it means that the information field is interpreted according to the response resource indication information, and the second device initiates the request transmission to the first device.
  • the response resource used in the response process is determined according to the valid response resource indicated by the response resource indication information.
  • the first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.
  • the first indication information does not have an independent information field in the first control information
  • the first indication information may be the first indication information of some or all of the bits included in the information sent by the request of the first device.
  • Two information state representation If some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device have the second information state, it indicates that transmission is not requested; if some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device If there is no second information state, it means that transmission is requested, and the first device interprets the request-to-send information of the first device in a normal manner.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes M bits, where M is a positive integer. If the M bits are all "1" or both are "0", it means that the transmission is not requested; otherwise, it means that the transmission is requested, and the first device interprets the M bits normally.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first beam information associated with the first control information, second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and third beam information associated with the response information,
  • the physical channel includes a physical channel associated with the request to send information of the first device.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first reference signal information associated with the first control information, second reference signal information associated with physical channel transmission, and first reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information. Three reference signal information.
  • the first beam information associated with the first control information may be beam information used to transmit the first control information, or beam information used to determine a transmission beam of the first control information.
  • the first beam information associated with the first control information may be information of a first reference signal having a quasi-co-located QCL relationship with the first control information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the first control information For example, the index of the first reference signal or the first TCI information.
  • the first beam information includes transmission configuration indication (Transmission Configuration Indication, TCI) indication information associated with the first control information and/or reference signal information associated with the first control information.
  • transmission configuration indication Transmission Configuration Indication, TCI
  • the reference signal information associated with the first control information includes a reference signal index associated with the first control information.
  • the reference signal index is, for example, a synchronization signal block (Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block, SSB) index or a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS) index.
  • the first beam information set includes multiple beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate the first beam information from the first beam information set.
  • the first device uses the configured one beam information as the first beam information. In this case, all The beam indication information is not used to determine the first beam information.
  • the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be beam information for transmitting the physical channel.
  • the beam used for transmitting the physical channel may be determined according to the second beam information associated with the physical channel.
  • the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be information of a second reference signal having a QCL relationship with the physical channel, such as an index of the second reference signal or second TCI information.
  • the physical channel may be a physical channel corresponding to the request of the first device to send information. For example, the physical channel transmitted after the exchange of the request-to-send information and the response information is completed.
  • the second beam information is beam information for transmitting physical signals.
  • the physical signal may be a physical signal corresponding to the request to send information of the first device, for example, a physical signal transmitted after the interaction of the request to send information and the response information is completed.
  • the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with transmission of the physical channel and/or reference signal information associated with transmission of the physical channel, wherein the physical channel includes The physical channel associated with the request to send information.
  • the physical channel includes the request-to-send information of the first device indicating a physical channel for which transmission is requested.
  • the reference signal information associated with the physical channel transmission includes a reference signal index associated with the physical channel transmission.
  • the reference signal index is, for example, an SSB index or a CSI-RS index.
  • the physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), here, in some embodiments , PDSCH includes scheduled PDSCH and/or SPS PDSCH.
  • the physical signal may include CSI-RS or SRS.
  • the physical channel is a physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH).
  • the physical signals may include reference signals on the sidelink.
  • the second beam information set includes multiple beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate the second beam information from the second beam information set.
  • the first device uses the configured one beam information as the second beam information. In this case, all The beam indication information is not used to determine the second beam information.
  • the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the reference signal index is, for example, a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) index.
  • the third beam information set includes a plurality of beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate the third beam information from the third beam information set.
  • the first device uses the configured one beam information as the third beam information. In this case, all The beam indication information is not used to determine the third beam information.
  • the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to send the beam used for the reply message.
  • the channel access process includes a channel access process corresponding to the first device sending the response information.
  • the beam used in the channel access process can be understood as the beam used for channel detection (LBT) before sending the response information, and the corresponding channel access mode is the directional channel access mode (that is, the directional channel access mode). LBT).
  • the beam indication information further includes second indication information and/or third indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information, or the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the second beam information .
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information or the second beam information, or the second indication information is used for The channel access process corresponding to the indicated response information is associated with the third beam information.
  • the channel access process corresponding to the response information is the same as the channel access process corresponding to the response information. Whether the first beam information is associated or is associated with the second beam information is determined according to a higher layer parameter.
  • the second indication information is represented by 1 bit, and the value of the 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information; the value of the 1 bit is the second The value indicates that the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, and it can be understood that the third beam information corresponds to the first beam information, and the third beam information can be determined through the first beam information information.
  • the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. It can be understood that the third beam information corresponds to the second beam information, and the third beam information can be determined through the second beam information.
  • the first device completes the channel access process corresponding to the response information according to at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, the third beam information, and the second indication information. For example, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, the first device determines, according to the first beam information, to use in the channel access process corresponding to the response information or, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information, the first device determines, according to the second beam information, to access the channel corresponding to the response information beam used in the process.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: the first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information; the second beam information The information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information; and the third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information.
  • beam information may be replaced with reference signal information or reference signal index or TCI information.
  • the third indication information is represented by 1 bit, and the value of the 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the third indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, and the third beam information is Beam information dedicated to the first device; the 1-bit value is the second value, indicating that the third indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, and the third beam information is a common beam information.
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the TCI indication information may be used to indicate a quasi-co-located (Quasi-co-located, QCL) reference signal corresponding to a downlink signal or a downlink channel, so that the receiving end can perform a downlink signal or downlink channel based on the QCL reference signal. reception.
  • QCL quasi-co-located
  • the TCI indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • TCI state ID used to identify a TCI state
  • a QCL information also includes the following information:
  • QCL type (type) configuration which can be one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, and QCL type D;
  • the QCL reference signal configuration includes the ID of the cell where the reference signal is located, the BWP ID, and the identifier of the reference signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or an SSB index).
  • the QCL type of at least one of QCL information 1 and QCL information 2 must be one of typeA, typeB, and typeC, and the QCL type of the other QCL information (if configured) must be QCL type D.
  • 'QCL-TypeA' ⁇ Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread ⁇ ;
  • the request to send information of the first device includes response resource indication information.
  • the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: resource information, the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information; time domain location information, the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain position of the response resource; downlink allocation indication information, the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and power control information, the power control information is used to determine the transmission The transmit power of the response information.
  • the response resources include physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) resources.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the resource information includes PUCCH resource indicator information (eg, PUCCH resource indicator).
  • PUCCH resource indicator information eg, PUCCH resource indicator.
  • the PUCCH resource indication information is used to indicate a PUCCH resource, where the PUCCH resource is used to transmit response information.
  • the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest, HARQ) feedback timing indication information (for example, PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator).
  • HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to dynamically indicate the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource, for example, the time slot of the HARQ feedback resource, which is usually represented by K1.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to indicate the values in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set may be preset or configured by the network device, and the HARQ feedback timing set includes at least one K1 value.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information may not be included in the request-to-send information of the first device, and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource is based on the HARQ feedback timing. This K1 value in the set is determined.
  • the multiple K1 values may be preset or configured by the network device, assuming that the multiple K1 values are ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ,6,7,8 ⁇ .
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information is represented by 3 bits, and the 8 values of the 3 bits correspond to the 8 K1 values one-to-one, and a value of 3 bits is used to indicate a K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the multiple K1 values may be preset or configured by the network device. Assuming that the HARQ feedback timing set includes 4 K1 values, the HARQ feedback timing indicates The information is represented by 2 bits, the 4 values of the 2 bits correspond to the 4 K1 values one-to-one, and a value of 2 bits is used to indicate a K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set, the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource Determined according to the K1 value. For example, when the value of 2 bits is 00, it indicates the first K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set. For example, when the value of 2 bits is 01, it indicates the second K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set, and so on.
  • the response resources include physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resources.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information.
  • the PRACH resource indication information includes a random access preamble sequence index.
  • the time domain location information includes a random access channel transmission opportunity corresponding to the PRACH resource.
  • the response resources include SRS resources.
  • the resource information includes SRS resource indication information. For example, time domain location information, and/or frequency domain location information, and/or SRS index information of the SRS resource.
  • the time domain location information of the SRS resource includes the number of symbols included in the corresponding time slot of the SRS.
  • the time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resource.
  • the time unit may be a slot, a symbol, or the like.
  • the response resource includes a Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel (PSFCH).
  • PSFCH Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel
  • the resource information includes PSFCH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information and/or frequency domain location information of the PSFCH resource.
  • the time-domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information.
  • the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: a channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and an extended cyclic prefix (CPE) length corresponding to the response information.
  • CPE extended cyclic prefix
  • the CPE length corresponding to the response information is the length of the extended CP of the first symbol of the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots.
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the first type of channel access may include a first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the second type of channel access may include a second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a second type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information may be one of the following:
  • Channel access without channel detection the first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection, the corresponding A second type of channel access for omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE; or, the channel access indication information uses is used to indicate the channel access mode and the CPE length of the joint coding.
  • the channel access mode and the CPE length may be indicated by different information, or may be indicated by the same information.
  • the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information
  • the first channel access indication information corresponds to a group of configurations in the first configuration set
  • each group of configurations in the first configuration set Including channel access mode and/or extending cyclic prefix CPE length.
  • the first configuration set includes a set of configurations, and the set of configurations is used to indicate that the channel access mode is channel access without channel detection and/or the CPE length is 0.
  • the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information and the second channel access indication information, and the first channel access indication information is used to indicate one of the at least one channel access mode.
  • the second channel access indication information is used to indicate one of at least one CPE length.
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode includes corresponding omnidirectional channel detection or corresponding directional channel detection.
  • the channel detection beam type may be omnidirectional or directional.
  • the channel detection beam direction may be a specific associated beam direction or reference signal index or transmission configuration indicator (Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI) information.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is determined based on high-level parameters configured by the network device or indicated by the channel access indication information or preset; And/or, the channel detection beam direction (that is, the beam used in the channel access process) is determined based on high-layer parameters configured by the network device, or is indicated by the channel access indication information, or is preset.
  • the physical channel corresponding to the request to send information of the first device includes the first PDSCH, and the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is further used to transmit the HARQ corresponding to the first PDSCH -ACK information.
  • the physical channel corresponding to the request to send information of the first device includes the first PUSCH, and the channel access mode is further used to transmit the first PUSCH.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is channel access corresponding to directional channel detection
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is the same as the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the acknowledgment information; or, the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is based on the beam.
  • the instructions are OK.
  • the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH and the response information are the same; or, the beams used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH are determined according to the beam indication information.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information.
  • the length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the first device The number of time units included in the COT starting from the time unit in which the first control information is received.
  • the length information of the COT may refer to the number of remaining time units in the COT, where the remaining time units refer to unoccupied time units.
  • the end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT.
  • the time unit may be a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub-slot, or a symbol, or the like.
  • the length information of the COT is represented by the number of time slots or the number of symbols.
  • the end position information of the COT is represented by the number of the last time slot or symbol occupied by the COT.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine the association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or the frequency domain resource set indication The information is used to determine whether at least one set of frequency domain resources is available for transmission.
  • the first device corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource set, for example: P cells of the first device correspond to P frequency domain resource sets, where each cell corresponds to one frequency domain resource set, or the first device's first A cell corresponds to P frequency domain resource sets, or the first BWP on the first cell of the first device corresponds to P frequency domain resource sets, where P is a positive integer.
  • the second device may perform channel detection on the P frequency domain resource sets, and transmit the frequency domain resource sets with successful channel detection. That is to say, the frequency domain resource set actually used by the second device for signal transmission is determined according to the channel detection result. Therefore, the second device can indicate to the first device whether the P frequency domain resource sets can be used for downlink reception or Sideline reception or upstream transmission.
  • the frequency domain resource set indication information is represented by P bits, each of the P bits corresponds to a frequency domain resource set, and the P bits correspond to P frequency domain resource sets one-to-one.
  • the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the frequency domain resource set corresponding to the bit is available for transmission, and/or, used to indicate whether to request transmission on the frequency domain resource set corresponding to the bit.
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, the The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, the frequency domain resource The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, the frequency domain resource set indication information is the same as the The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; wherein, the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first device corresponds to the first group.
  • a group is a device group.
  • the frequency domain resource set indication information includes 3 bits to represent, and the 3 bits are in one-to-one correspondence with the three frequency domain resource sets. Taking one of the 3 bits as an example, the bit corresponds to the first frequency domain resource set. In one case, the value of this bit is a first value, which is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set, and the value of this bit is a second value, which is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set. A device indicates that no transmission is requested on the first set of frequency domain resources.
  • the value of the bit is the first value, and is used to indicate to the device group (ie the first group) where the first device is located to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set
  • the value of the bit is The value is the second value, and is used to indicate to the device group (ie the first group) where the first device is located that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set.
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the device group includes at least one device, and the first device belongs to the device group.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes slot format indication information (Slot Format Indicator, SFI).
  • SFI Slot Format Indicator
  • the time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format is used to determine a symbol type of each symbol in a plurality of symbols included in a time slot.
  • the symbol type may be a downlink (Downlink) symbol, a flexible (Flexible) symbol, or an uplink (Uplink) symbol.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information.
  • the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used by the first device to determine a control channel set group to be monitored.
  • control channel monitoring set group indication information is represented by 1 bit. If the value of the 1 bit is the first value, the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used to instruct the first device to monitor the control channel monitoring set group. 0; if the value of the 1 bit is the second value, the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used to instruct the first device to monitor the control channel monitoring set group 1.
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.
  • the first device determines the request-to-send information of the first device according to the first control information, it determines whether the second device requests transmission according to the request-to-send information of the first device;
  • the first device determines to send the first response information to the second device;
  • the first device determines to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information; or,
  • the first device determines that the transmission is not allowed, the first device determines to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information .
  • the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.
  • the first acknowledgement information is positive acknowledgement (Acknowledgement, ACK) information
  • the second acknowledgement information is negative acknowledgement (Negative Acknowledgement, NACK) information.
  • the first device when the first device determines to send the response information (which may be the first response information or the second response information) to the second device, connect the channel corresponding to the response information If the access is successful, the first device sends the response information to the second device; if the channel access corresponding to the response information fails, the first device does not send the second device Send the response information.
  • the response information which may be the first response information or the second response information
  • the second device if the second device receives the first response information, it is determined that wireless communication can be performed to the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission. If the second device receives the second response information or does not receive any response information, it may be determined not to perform wireless communication with the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission.
  • the second device in the case where channel detection is required for transmission from the second device to the first device, the second device needs to perform channel detection before transmission, and if the channel detection is successful, it can perform wireless communication with the first device For example, downlink transmission or sideline transmission is performed.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to when the second device sends the first control information to the first device is determined and/or predefined based on high-layer configuration parameters.
  • the format of the first control information is designed, which can be used for information exchange in the channel access process corresponding to the channel access mode assisted by the receiving side.
  • the first control information in this application may be sent through a common control channel, and the first control information may include request sending information of multiple devices, and the first device obtains the corresponding information of the first device from the first control information. After the information is requested to be sent, it can be determined whether the second device requests transmission, resource information of the response information, beam information corresponding to the response information and other related information according to the requested transmission information, so as to complete the information exchange with the second device.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the present application.
  • the implementation of the embodiments constitutes no limitation.
  • downlink indicates that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the transmission direction from the station
  • uplink is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction sent from the user equipment of the cell to the site
  • sideline is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is The third direction sent from user equipment 1 to user equipment 2.
  • downlink signal indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term "and/or" is only an association relationship for describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a first device. As shown in FIG. 5 , the wireless communication apparatus includes:
  • a receiving unit 501 configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;
  • the determining unit 502 is configured to determine, according to the first control information, the request-to-send information of the first device; and to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the request-to-send information of the first device.
  • the request to send information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • First indication information beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT end position information, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • the first request to send information in the request to send information of the first device is associated with a first cell or a first BWP or a first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first cell is the first In a cell corresponding to a device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.
  • the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following methods:
  • the location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information is The location in the first control information is predefined.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information The corresponding number of bits in the first control information is predefined.
  • the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is predefined; or, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter .
  • the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,
  • the position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,
  • the position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,
  • the position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the The location in the first control information is predefined.
  • the position of a part of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the first control information.
  • the locations in the control information are predefined and include:
  • the starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information is in the
  • the position in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, where the predefined rule includes an ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information.
  • the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is: the at least two pieces of information are consecutively ordered in the first control information.
  • the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,
  • the number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,
  • the number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,
  • the number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information in the first control information is predefined.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested; or,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested
  • the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group or a cell group.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, and the first indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources;
  • the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,
  • the first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,
  • the first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested; or,
  • the first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the first control information and/or a reference signal index associated with the first control information.
  • the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission and/or a reference signal index associated with the physical channel transmission.
  • the third beam information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to transmit the beam used for the reply message.
  • the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information
  • the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information
  • the third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information.
  • the request sending information of the first device includes response resource indication information, where the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • resource information where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • time domain location information the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • downlink allocation indication information where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources
  • the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback timing indication information
  • the response resources include PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or,
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the CPE length corresponding to the response information is the CPE length corresponding to the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information, wherein,
  • the length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the number of time units that the first device includes from receiving the first control information.
  • the end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information, wherein,
  • the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or,
  • the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine whether at least one frequency domain resource set is available for transmission.
  • the frequency-domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request-to-send information of the first device and at least one frequency-domain resource set of the first device, including:
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set;
  • the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.
  • the request-to-send information of the first device includes time slot format indication information, where the time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format is used to determine how many times a time slot includes The symbol type for each of the symbols.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information, and the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used by the first device to determine a control channel set group to be monitored.
  • the determining unit 502 is configured to send information according to the request of the first device, to determine whether the second device requests transmission; The second device sends the first response information; or, in the case that the second device does not request transmission, it is determined to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information; or, in the second device In the case of the device requesting transmission, if it is determined that transmission is allowed, it is determined to send the first response information to the second device; or, in the case of the second device requesting transmission, if it is determined that transmission is not allowed, it is determined to send the the second device sends the second response information or does not send the response information;
  • the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.
  • the first acknowledgement information is ACK information
  • the second acknowledgement information is NACK information
  • the apparatus further includes: a sending unit 503, configured to send the response information to the second device when the channel corresponding to the response information is successfully accessed; or, in the If the channel access corresponding to the response information fails, the response information is not sent to the second device.
  • a sending unit 503 configured to send the response information to the second device when the channel corresponding to the response information is successfully accessed; or, in the If the channel access corresponding to the response information fails, the response information is not sent to the second device.
  • the first control information is public control information.
  • the first control information is downlink control information
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first control information is sideline control information
  • the first device is a first terminal device
  • the second device is a second terminal device.
  • the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein,
  • the first RNTI corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI; and/or,
  • the first control information is transmitted through the group common control channel.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a second device. As shown in FIG. 6 , the wireless communication apparatus includes:
  • a sending unit 601 configured to send first control information, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;
  • the request to send information of the first device is used for the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device.
  • the request to send information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • First indication information beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT end position information, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • the first request to send information in the request to send information of the first device is associated with a first cell or a first BWP or a first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first cell is the first In a cell corresponding to a device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.
  • the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following methods:
  • the location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information is The location in the first control information is predefined.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information The corresponding number of bits in the first control information is predefined.
  • the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is predefined; or, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter .
  • the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,
  • the position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,
  • the position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,
  • the position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the The location in the first control information is predefined.
  • the position of a part of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the first control information.
  • the locations in the control information are predefined and include:
  • the starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information is in the
  • the position in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, where the predefined rule includes an ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information.
  • the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is: the at least two pieces of information are consecutively ordered in the first control information.
  • the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,
  • the number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,
  • the number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,
  • the number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information in the first control information is predefined.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested; or,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested
  • the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group or a cell group.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, and the first indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources;
  • the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,
  • the first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,
  • the first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested; or,
  • the first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the first control information and/or a reference signal index associated with the first control information.
  • the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission and/or a reference signal index associated with the physical channel transmission.
  • the third beam information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to transmit the beam used for the reply message.
  • the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information
  • the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information
  • the third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information.
  • the request sending information of the first device includes response resource indication information, where the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • resource information where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • time domain location information the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • downlink allocation indication information where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources
  • the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback timing indication information
  • the response resources include PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or,
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the CPE length corresponding to the response information is the CPE length corresponding to the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information, wherein,
  • the length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the number of time units that the first device includes from receiving the first control information.
  • the end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information, wherein,
  • the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or,
  • the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine whether at least one frequency domain resource set is available for transmission.
  • the frequency-domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request-to-send information of the first device and at least one frequency-domain resource set of the first device, including:
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,
  • the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set;
  • the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.
  • the request-to-send information of the first device includes time slot format indication information, where the time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format is used to determine how many times a time slot includes The symbol type for each of the symbols.
  • the request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information, and the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used by the first device to determine a control channel set group to be monitored.
  • the first control information is public control information.
  • the first control information is downlink control information
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first control information is sideline control information
  • the first device is a first terminal device
  • the second device is a second terminal device.
  • the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein,
  • the first RNTI corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI; and/or,
  • the first control information is transmitted through the group common control channel.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a first device or a second device, where the first device may be a terminal device and the second device may be a network device, or the first device may be a first terminal device and the second device may be a second terminal equipment.
  • the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 may also include a memory 720 .
  • the processor 710 may call and run a computer program from the memory 720 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .
  • the communication device 700 may further include a transceiver 730, and the processor 710 may control the transceiver 730 to communicate with other devices, specifically, may send information or data to other devices, or Receive information or data sent by other devices.
  • the transceiver 730 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 730 may further include antennas, and the number of the antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 700 may specifically be the network device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 700 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.
  • the communication device 700 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 700 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application, For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 800 shown in FIG. 8 includes a processor 810, and the processor 810 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 800 may also include a memory 820 .
  • the processor 810 may call and run a computer program from the memory 820 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 820 may be a separate device independent of the processor 810 , or may be integrated in the processor 810 .
  • the chip 800 may also include an input interface 830 .
  • the processor 810 may control the input interface 830 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may acquire information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 800 may also include an output interface 840 .
  • the processor 810 may control the output interface 840 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application, which is not repeated here for brevity.
  • the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, It is not repeated here.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, or a system-on-a-chip, or the like.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication system 900 includes a terminal device 910 and a network device 920 .
  • the terminal device 910 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method
  • the network device 920 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method. For brevity, details are not repeated here. .
  • the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Static RAM
  • DRAM Dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM Synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the methods implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding process is not repeated here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding method implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application The process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity. , and will not be repeated here.
  • the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program is executed by the mobile terminal/terminal in each method of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding process implemented by the device will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a wireless communication method and apparatus, and a communication device. The method comprises: a first device receiving first control information sent by a second device, wherein the first control information comprises request sending information of at least one device, and the at least one device comprises the first device; the first device determining the request sending information of the first device according to the first control information; and the first device determining, according to the request sending information of the first device, whether to send response information to the second device.

Description

一种无线通信的方法及装置、通信设备Method and device for wireless communication, and communication equipment 技术领域technical field

本申请实施例涉及移动通信技术领域,具体涉及一种无线通信的方法及装置、通信设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of mobile communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for wireless communication, and a communication device.

背景技术Background technique

新无线(New Radio,NR)系统的研究目前主要考虑两个频段,即频段1(Frequency range 1,FR1)和频段2(Frequency range 2,FR2)。随着NR系统的演进,新的频段,即比FR1和FR2更高的频段也开始进行研究,为便于描述,将该新的频段称为高频频段。At present, the research of New Radio (NR) system mainly considers two frequency bands, namely frequency band 1 (Frequency range 1, FR1) and frequency band 2 (Frequency range 2, FR2). With the evolution of the NR system, a new frequency band, that is, a frequency band higher than FR1 and FR2, has also been studied. For the convenience of description, the new frequency band is called a high frequency frequency band.

高频频段中包括授权频谱和非授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以称为非共享频谱,非授权频谱也可以称为共享频谱。由于频段比较高,高频频段上的非授权频谱上的信道接入方式与FR1/FR2上的非授权频谱上的信道接入方式不同。对于高频频段上的非授权频谱,如何支持接收侧辅助的信道接入方式目前还没有明确的方案。The high-frequency frequency band includes licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum, wherein licensed spectrum may also be referred to as unshared spectrum, and unlicensed spectrum may also be referred to as shared spectrum. Because the frequency band is relatively high, the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on the high frequency band is different from the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on FR1/FR2. For the unlicensed spectrum on the high-frequency frequency band, there is no clear solution on how to support the channel access mode assisted by the receiving side.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本申请实施例提供一种无线通信的方法及装置、通信设备。Embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for wireless communication, and a communication device.

本申请实施例提供的无线通信的方法,包括:The wireless communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes:

第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括所述第一设备;The first device receives first control information sent by the second device, where the first control information includes request-to-send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;

所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息;The first device determines, according to the first control information, the request to send information of the first device;

所述第一设备根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the request of the first device to send information.

本申请实施例提供的无线通信的方法,包括:The wireless communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes:

第二设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括第一设备;The second device sends first control information, where the first control information includes at least one device's request to send information, and the at least one device includes the first device;

其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于所述第一设备确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The request to send information of the first device is used for the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device.

本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置,应用于第一设备,所述装置包括:The apparatus for wireless communication provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the first device, and the apparatus includes:

接收单元,用于接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括所述第一设备;a receiving unit, configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information includes request-to-send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;

确定单元,用于根据所述第一控制信息,确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息;根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。a determining unit, configured to determine the request to send information of the first device according to the first control information; to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the request to send information of the first device.

本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置,应用于第二设备,所述装置包括:The apparatus for wireless communication provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the second device, and the apparatus includes:

发送单元,用于发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括第一设备;a sending unit, configured to send first control information, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;

其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于所述第一设备确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The request to send information of the first device is used for the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device.

本申请实施例提供的通信设备,可以是上述方案中的第一设备或者是上述方案中的第二设备,该通信设备包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述的无线通信的方法。The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application may be the first device in the foregoing solution or the second device in the foregoing solution, and the communication device includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for calling and running the computer program stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.

本申请实施例提供的芯片,用于实现上述的无线通信的方法。The chip provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to implement the above-mentioned wireless communication method.

具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行上述的无线通信的方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor for calling and running a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned wireless communication method.

本申请实施例提供的计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行上述的无线通信的方法。The computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to store a computer program, and the computer program enables a computer to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.

本申请实施例提供的计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述的无线通信的方法。The computer program product provided by the embodiments of the present application includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.

本申请实施例提供的计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述的无线通信的方法。The computer program provided by the embodiment of the present application, when it runs on the computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned wireless communication method.

通过上述技术方案,第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息,该第一控制信息中包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,第一设备从第一控制信息中获取该第一设备的请求发送信息后,可以根据该请求发送信息确定是否向第二设备发送应答信息,从而完成接收侧辅助的信道接入方式对应的信道接入过程中第一设备与第二设备之间的交互。Through the above technical solution, the second device sends first control information to the first device, where the first control information includes at least one device's request to send information, and the first device obtains the first device's request to send from the first control information After the information is received, whether to send response information to the second device may be determined according to the request to send information, so as to complete the interaction between the first device and the second device in the channel access process corresponding to the channel access mode assisted by the receiving side.

附图说明Description of drawings

此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described herein are used to provide further understanding of the present application and constitute a part of the present application. The schematic embodiments and descriptions of the present application are used to explain the present application and do not constitute an improper limitation of the present application. In the attached image:

图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统架构的示意性图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图2是本申请实施例提供的接收侧辅助的信道接入方式的原理图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a channel access mode assisted by a receiving side provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3是本申请实施例提供的无线通信的方法的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图4-1是本申请实施例提供的第一控制信息的格式示意图一;FIG. 4-1 is a schematic diagram 1 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图4-2是本申请实施例提供的第一控制信息的格式示意图二;4-2 is a schematic diagram 2 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图4-3是本申请实施例提供的第一控制信息的格式示意图三;4-3 is a schematic diagram 3 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图4-4是本申请实施例提供的第一控制信息的格式示意图四;4-4 is a schematic diagram 4 of the format of the first control information provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图5是本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置的结构组成示意图一;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图6是本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置的结构组成示意图二;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structure and composition of the apparatus for wireless communication provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图8是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application;

图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present application.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、先进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(new radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频段上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频段上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)、下一代通信系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD) systems, advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) systems, new radio (NR) systems, evolution systems of NR systems, LTE on unlicensed bands (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum, NR-U) system on unlicensed frequency bands, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global Worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, wireless local area networks (WLAN), wireless fidelity (WiFi), next-generation communication systems or other communication systems, etc.

通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及车辆间(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, traditional communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (MTC), and vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, etc., the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to these communications system.

可选地,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。Optionally, the communication system in this embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, or a standalone (Standalone, SA) distribution. web scene.

可选地,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱,其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱;或者,本申请实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。Optionally, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where, Licensed spectrum can also be considered unshared spectrum.

可选地,本申请实施例可应用于非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统,也可应用于地面通信网络(Terrestrial Networks,TN)系统。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (Terrestrial Networks, TN) system.

本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.

终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STATION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The terminal device can be a station (STATION, ST) in the WLAN, can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as end devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites) superior).

在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备还可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc. The terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, and remote station , remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE proxy or UE device, etc. Terminal devices can also be stationary or mobile.

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.

在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备,网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或者NTN网络中的网络设备等。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , it can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, it can also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices and NR networks The network equipment (gNB) in the PLMN network in the future evolution or the network equipment in the NTN network, etc.

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。可选地,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. Optionally, the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a High Elliptical Orbit (HEO) ) satellite etc. Optionally, the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.

在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In this embodiment of the present application, a network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, the cell corresponding to the base station), the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell). Pico cell), Femto cell (Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.

本申请实施例描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The system architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. The evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.

示例性的,本申请实施例应用的通信系统100如图1所示。该通信系统100可以包括网络设备110,网络设备110可以是与终端120(或称为通信终端、终端)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端进行通信。可选地,该网络设备110可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为移动交换中心、中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器、5G网络中的网络侧设 备或者未来通信系统中的网络设备等。Exemplarily, a communication system 100 to which this embodiment of the present application is applied is shown in FIG. 1 . The communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a terminal 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal, a terminal). The network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area and may communicate with terminals located within the coverage area. Optionally, the network device 110 may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the The network device can be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, a network-side device in a 5G network, or a network device in a future communication system, etc.

该通信系统100还包括位于网络设备110覆盖范围内的至少一个终端120。作为在此使用的“终端”包括但不限于经由有线线路连接,如经由公共交换电话网络(Public Switched Telephone Networks,PSTN)、数字用户线路(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL)、数字电缆、直接电缆连接;和/或另一数据连接/网络;和/或经由无线接口,如,针对蜂窝网络、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)、诸如DVB-H网络的数字电视网络、卫星网络、AM-FM广播发送器;和/或另一终端的被设置成接收/发送通信信号的装置;和/或物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)设备。被设置成通过无线接口通信的终端可以被称为“无线通信终端”、“无线终端”或“移动终端”。移动终端的示例包括但不限于卫星或蜂窝电话;可以组合蜂窝无线电电话与数据处理、传真以及数据通信能力的个人通信系统(Personal Communications System,PCS)终端;可以包括无线电电话、寻呼机、因特网/内联网接入、Web浏览器、记事簿、日历以及/或全球定位系统(Global Positioning System,GPS)接收器的PDA;以及常规膝上型和/或掌上型接收器或包括无线电电话收发器的其它电子装置。终端可以指接入终端、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的终端或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端等。The communication system 100 also includes at least one terminal 120 located within the coverage of the network device 110 . "Terminal" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, connections via wired lines, such as via Public Switched Telephone Networks (PSTN), Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), digital cable, direct cable connections; and/or another data connection/network; and/or via a wireless interface, e.g. for cellular networks, Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), digital television networks such as DVB-H networks, satellite networks, AM-FM A broadcast transmitter; and/or a device of another terminal configured to receive/transmit a communication signal; and/or an Internet of Things (IoT) device. A terminal arranged to communicate through a wireless interface may be referred to as a "wireless communication terminal", "wireless terminal" or "mobile terminal". Examples of mobile terminals include, but are not limited to, satellite or cellular telephones; Personal Communications System (PCS) terminals that may combine cellular radio telephones with data processing, fax, and data communications capabilities; may include radio telephones, pagers, Internet/Intranet PDAs with networking access, web browsers, memo pads, calendars, and/or Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers; and conventional laptop and/or palmtop receivers or others including radiotelephone transceivers electronic device. A terminal may refer to an access terminal, user equipment (UE), subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in 5G networks or terminals in future evolved PLMNs, etc.

可选地,终端120之间可以进行终端直连(Device to Device,D2D)通信。Optionally, direct terminal (Device to Device, D2D) communication may be performed between the terminals 120 .

可选地,5G通信系统或5G网络还可以称为新无线(New Radio,NR)系统或NR网络。Optionally, the 5G communication system or the 5G network may also be referred to as a new radio (New Radio, NR) system or an NR network.

图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端,可选地,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端,本申请实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminals. Optionally, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminals. This embodiment of the present application This is not limited.

可选地,该通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

应理解,本申请实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图1示出的通信系统100为例,通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备110和终端120,网络设备110和终端120可以为上文所述的具体设备,此处不再赘述;通信设备还可包括通信系统100中的其他设备,例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, a device having a communication function in the network/system may be referred to as a communication device. Taking the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 as an example, the communication device may include a network device 110 and a terminal 120 with a communication function, and the network device 110 and the terminal 120 may be the specific devices described above, which will not be repeated here; The device may further include other devices in the communication system 100, such as other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship to describe the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and A and B exist independently B these three cases. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.

应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。It should be understood that the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an associated relationship. For example, if A indicates B, it can indicate that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indicates B indirectly, such as A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.

在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect corresponding relationship between the two, or may indicate that there is an associated relationship between the two, or indicate and be instructed, configure and be instructed configuration, etc.

可选地,在本申请实施例中的指示信息包括物理层信令例如下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中的至少一种。Optionally, the indication information in this embodiment of the present application includes physical layer signaling such as downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control unit (Media Access Control Unit). At least one of Access Control Control Element, MAC CE).

可选地,在本申请实施例中的高层配置参数或高层配置信令包括系统消息、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中的至少一种。Optionally, the high-level configuration parameters or high-level configuration signaling in the embodiments of the present application include system messages, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control element (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE). ) at least one of them.

可选地,本申请实施例中,"预定义的"可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义的可以是指协议中定义的。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, "predefined" may be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). The application does not limit its specific implementation. For example, predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.

可选地,本申请实施例中,所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which are not limited in this application. .

为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the related technologies of the embodiments of the present application are described below. The following related technologies can be arbitrarily combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, which all belong to the embodiments of the present application. protected range.

高频high frequency

NR系统的研究主要考虑两个频段,分别为FR1和FR2,其中,FR1和FR2包括的频域范围如下表1所示。The research of the NR system mainly considers two frequency bands, namely FR1 and FR2, among which, the frequency domain ranges included in FR1 and FR2 are shown in Table 1 below.

频段定义Band Definition 对应频段范围Corresponding frequency range FR1FR1 410MHz–7.125GHz410MHz–7.125GHz FR2FR2 24.25GHz–52.6GHz24.25GHz–52.6GHz

表1Table 1

随着NR系统的演进,新的频段,即比FR1和FR2更高的频段也开始进行研究,为便于描述,将该新的频段称为高频频段,高频频段也可以用FRX表示,应理解,该频段名称不应构成任何限定,例如,FRX可以为FR3。FRX包括的频域范围如下表2所示。With the evolution of the NR system, new frequency bands, that is, higher frequency bands than FR1 and FR2, have also begun to be studied. For the convenience of description, the new frequency band is called the high frequency frequency band. The high frequency frequency band can also be represented by FRX. It is understood that this band name should not constitute any qualification, for example, FRX may be FR3. The frequency domain range included by FRX is shown in Table 2 below.

高频high frequency 对应频段范围Corresponding frequency range FRXFRX 52.6GHz–71GHz52.6GHz–71GHz

表2Table 2

FRX中包括授权频谱和非授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以称为非共享频谱或专用频谱,非授权频谱也可以称为共享频谱。FRX includes licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum, wherein licensed spectrum may also be called unshared spectrum or dedicated spectrum, and unlicensed spectrum may also be called shared spectrum.

非授权频谱是国家和地区划分的可用于无线电设备通信的频谱,该频谱通常被认为是共享频谱,即不同通信系统中的通信设备只要满足国家或地区在该频谱上设置的法规要求,就可以使用该频谱,不需要向政府申请专有的频谱授权。Unlicensed spectrum is the spectrum allocated by countries and regions that can be used for radio equipment communication. This spectrum is generally considered to be shared spectrum, that is, communication equipment in different communication systems can meet the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the spectrum. To use this spectrum, there is no need to apply for an exclusive spectrum license from the government.

为了让使用非授权频谱进行无线通信的各个通信系统在该频谱上能够友好共存,一些国家或地区规定了使用非授权频谱必须满足的法规要求。例如,通信设备遵循“先听后说(Listen Before Talk,LBT)”原则,即通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上进行信号发送前,需要先进行信道侦听,只有当信道侦听结果为信道空闲时,该通信设备才能进行信号发送;如果通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上的信道侦听结果为信道忙,该通信设备不能进行信号发送。又例如,为了保证公平性,在一次传输中,通信设备使用非授权频谱的信道进行信号传输的时长不能超过一定时间长度。又例如,为了避免在非授权频谱的信道上传输的信号的功率太大,影响该信道上的其他重要信号的传输,通信设备使用非授权频谱的信道进行信号传输时需要遵循不超过最大功率谱密度的限制。需要说明的是,在某些国家或地区,对于FRX频段中包括的非授权频谱,没有LBT的要求。In order to enable various communication systems that use unlicensed spectrum for wireless communication to coexist amicably on this spectrum, some countries or regions have stipulated regulatory requirements that must be met when using unlicensed spectrum. For example, a communication device follows the "Listen Before Talk (LBT)" principle, that is, before a communication device transmits a signal on an unlicensed spectrum channel, it needs to perform channel listening first, and only when the channel listening result is a channel The communication device can send signals only when it is idle; if the channel detection result of the communication device on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot send signals. For another example, in order to ensure fairness, in one transmission, the duration of signal transmission by the communication device using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum cannot exceed a certain duration. For another example, in order to avoid that the power of the signal transmitted on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is too large and affects the transmission of other important signals on the channel, the communication device needs to follow the maximum power spectrum when using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum for signal transmission. Density limit. It should be noted that in some countries or regions, there is no LBT requirement for the unlicensed spectrum included in the FRX frequency band.

FRX的子载波间隔可以比FR2的子载波间隔更大,目前的候选子载波间隔包括以下几种中的至少一种:240kHz、480kHz、960kHz。作为示例,这些候选子载波间隔下对应的参数集(Numerology)如下表3所示。表3中的NCP指正常循环前缀(Normal Cyclic Prefix),ECP指延长循环前缀(Extended Cyclic Prefix)。The subcarrier spacing of FRX may be larger than that of FR2, and the current candidate subcarrier spacing includes at least one of the following: 240 kHz, 480 kHz, and 960 kHz. As an example, the corresponding parameter sets (Numerology) under these candidate subcarrier intervals are shown in Table 3 below. NCP in Table 3 refers to a normal cyclic prefix (Normal Cyclic Prefix), and ECP refers to an extended cyclic prefix (Extended Cyclic Prefix).

Figure PCTCN2021071339-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021071339-appb-000001

表3table 3

共享频谱相关的概念Concepts related to shared spectrum

最大信道占用时间(Maximum Channel Occupancy Time,MCOT):指在共享频谱的信道上信道检测(channel sensing)成功后允许使用该信道进行信号传输的最大时间长度。Maximum Channel Occupancy Time (MCOT): refers to the maximum length of time allowed to use the channel for signal transmission after successful channel sensing on the channel of the shared spectrum.

信道占用时间(Channel Occupancy Time,COT):指在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后使用该信道进行信号传输的时间长度,也可以认为是在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后占用该信道的时间长度。其中,该时间长度内信号占用信道可以是连续的或不连续的,该时间长度包括发起信道占用的设备和共享信道占用的设备进行信号传输的总时间。Channel Occupancy Time (COT): refers to the length of time that the channel is used for signal transmission after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum. length of time. Wherein, the signal occupation of the channel may be continuous or discontinuous within the time length, and the time length includes the total time for signal transmission by the device initiating the channel occupation and the device sharing the channel occupation.

网络设备的信道占用时间(gNB/eNB-initiated COT):也称为网络设备发起的COT,指网络设备在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后获得的一次信道占用时间。网络设备发起的COT内除了可以用于网络设备进行传输,也可以在满足一定条件下用于终端设备进行传输。Channel occupation time of network equipment (gNB/eNB-initiated COT): also known as COT initiated by network equipment, it refers to a channel occupation time obtained by network equipment after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum. The COT initiated by the network device can not only be used for transmission by the network device, but also can be used for transmission by the terminal device under certain conditions.

终端设备的信道占用时间(UE-initiated COT):也称为终端设备发起的COT,指终端设备在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后获得的一次信道占用时间。终端设备发起的COT内除了可以用于终端设备进行传输,也可以在满足一定条件下用于网络设备进行传输。UE-initiated COT (UE-initiated COT): Also known as COT initiated by the terminal device, it refers to the channel occupancy time obtained by the terminal device after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum. The COT initiated by the terminal device can not only be used for transmission by the terminal device, but also can be used for transmission by the network device under certain conditions.

下行传输机会(DL transmission burst):指网络设备进行的一组下行传输(即包括一个或多个下行传输),该组下行传输为连续传输(即多个下行传输之间没有空隙),或该组下行传输中有空隙但空隙小于或等于预设值,例如在FR1频段上该预设值为16微秒。如果网络设备进行的两个下行传输之间的空隙大于该预设值16微秒,那么认为该两个下行传输属于两次下行传输机会。Downlink transmission opportunity (DL transmission burst): refers to a group of downlink transmissions (that is, including one or more downlink transmissions) performed by network equipment, and the group of downlink transmissions is continuous transmission (that is, there is no gap between multiple downlink transmissions), or the There is a gap in the group downlink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, on the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 microseconds. If the gap between two downlink transmissions performed by the network device is greater than the preset value of 16 microseconds, the two downlink transmissions are considered to belong to two downlink transmission opportunities.

上行传输机会(UL transmission burst):指终端设备进行的一组上行传输(即包括一个或多个上行传输),该组上行传输为连续传输(即多个上行传输之间没有空隙),或该组上行传输中有空隙但空隙小于或等于预设值,例如在FR1频段上该预设值为16微秒。如果该终端设备进行的两个上行传输之间的空隙大于该预设值16微秒,那么认为该两个上行传输属于两次上行传输机会。Uplink transmission opportunity (UL transmission burst): refers to a group of uplink transmissions performed by terminal equipment (that is, including one or more uplink transmissions), the group of uplink transmissions is continuous transmission (that is, there is no gap between multiple uplink transmissions), or the There is a gap in the group uplink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, in the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 microseconds. If the gap between two uplink transmissions performed by the terminal device is greater than the preset value of 16 microseconds, the two uplink transmissions are considered to belong to two uplink transmission opportunities.

应理解,在FRX频段,上述预设值可以为其他值,例如为8微妙。本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that in the FRX frequency band, the above-mentioned preset value may be other values, for example, 8 microseconds. This application is not limited to this.

信道检测成功:也称为LBT成功或信道检测空闲。例如对信道进行的监听时隙内的能量检测低于能量检测门限。Channel Detection Success: Also known as LBT Success or Channel Detection Idle. For example, the energy detection in the listening time slot performed on the channel is below the energy detection threshold.

信道检测失败:也称为LBT失败或信道检测忙碌。例如对信道进行的监听时隙内的能量检测高于或等于能量检测门限。Channel Detection Failed: Also known as LBT Failure or Channel Detection Busy. For example, the energy detection in the listening time slot of the channel is higher than or equal to the energy detection threshold.

接收侧辅助的信道接入方式Channel access mode assisted by receiving side

接收侧辅助的信道接入方式是一种类似于Wi-Fi系统的请求发送/允许发送(Request To Send/Clear To Send,RTS/CTS)机制的信道接入方式。如图2所示,The channel access method assisted by the receiving side is a channel access method similar to the Request To Send/Clear To Send (RTS/CTS) mechanism of the Wi-Fi system. as shown in picture 2,

1、网络设备在进行传输前,先发送一个RTS信号,该RTS信号用于询问终端设备是否准备好进行数据接收。1. Before the network device transmits, it first sends an RTS signal, and the RTS signal is used to inquire whether the terminal device is ready to receive data.

2、情况一:终端设备在收到RTS信号后,如果信道检测成功,则可以向网络设备发送一个CTS信号,该CTS信号用于告知网络设备终端设备已准备好进行数据接收,可选地,CTS信号携带终端设备的干扰测量结果;网络设备在收到CTS信号后即可向终端设备进行下行传输。或者,2. Case 1: After receiving the RTS signal, if the channel detection is successful, the terminal device can send a CTS signal to the network device. The CTS signal is used to inform the network device that the terminal device is ready for data reception. Optionally, The CTS signal carries the interference measurement result of the terminal device; the network device can perform downlink transmission to the terminal device after receiving the CTS signal. or,

情况二:若终端设备没收到RTS信号或终端设备收到RTS信号但由于信道检测失败不能发送CTS信号,则终端设备不会向网络设备发送CTS信号;网络设备在没有收到终端设备的CTS信号的情况下,可放弃向终端设备进行下行传输。Case 2: If the terminal device does not receive the RTS signal or the terminal device receives the RTS signal but cannot send the CTS signal due to channel detection failure, the terminal device will not send the CTS signal to the network device; the network device does not receive the CTS signal from the terminal device. In the case of , the downlink transmission to the terminal equipment can be abandoned.

高频频段上的非授权频谱对应的信道接入Channel access corresponding to unlicensed spectrum on high frequency bands

在FRX上,对于有LBT要求的国家和地区,信道接入方式(即LBT方式)可以包括全向信道接入方式(即全向LBT)、定向信道接入方式(即定向LBT)、接收侧辅助的信道接入方式(即接收侧辅助LBT)和不做信道检测(即不做LBT)的信道接入方式等几种方式。其中,对于不做信道检测的信道接入方式,可能还需要受限于一定条件,例如自动发射功率控制(Automatic Transmit Power Control,ATPC)、DFS、长期干扰检测或其他干扰消除机制等。另外,做信道检测的信道接入方式和不做信道检测的信道接入方式之间还可以进行切换。对于没有LBT要求的国家和地区,也需要考虑是否要引入一定条件,例如是否需要应用ATPC、DFS、长期干扰检测、限制一定的占空比(duty cycle)、限制一定的发射功率、限制MCOT等等。On FRX, for countries and regions with LBT requirements, the channel access mode (ie LBT mode) can include omnidirectional channel access mode (ie omnidirectional LBT), directional channel access mode (ie directional LBT), receiving side Auxiliary channel access mode (ie receiving side auxiliary LBT) and channel access mode without channel detection (ie without LBT) and so on. Among them, the channel access method without channel detection may also need to be limited by certain conditions, such as automatic transmit power control (Automatic Transmit Power Control, ATPC), DFS, long-term interference detection or other interference cancellation mechanisms. In addition, it is also possible to switch between the channel access mode with channel detection and the channel access mode without channel detection. For countries and regions without LBT requirements, it is also necessary to consider whether to introduce certain conditions, such as whether to apply ATPC, DFS, long-term interference detection, limit a certain duty cycle (duty cycle), limit a certain transmit power, limit MCOT, etc. Wait.

由于频段比较高,FRX上的非授权频谱上的信道接入方式和FR1频段上的非授权频谱上的信道接入方式不同。例如,在FRX频段上可以引入基于收发交互的信道接入方式,也称为接收侧辅助信道接入方式。如果要在FRX上的非授权频谱上支持接收侧辅助的信道接入方式,对于如何发送请求发送信息需要明确的方案。为此,提出了本申请实施例的以下技术方案,本申请实施例的技术方案可以但不局限于应用于FRX上的非授权频谱上。Due to the relatively high frequency band, the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FRX is different from the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FR1 frequency band. For example, in the FRX frequency band, a channel access method based on transceiver interaction, which is also called a receiving-side auxiliary channel access method, may be introduced. If the receiver-assisted channel access mode is to be supported on the unlicensed spectrum on the FRX, a clear scheme is required for how to send the request-to-send information. To this end, the following technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are proposed, and the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to, but not limited to, unlicensed spectrum on FRX.

为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific embodiments. The above related technologies can be arbitrarily combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, which all belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of the present application include at least part of the following contents.

图3是本申请实施例提供的无线通信的方法的流程示意图,如图3所示,所述无线通信的方法包括以下步骤:FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method for wireless communication includes the following steps:

步骤301:第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括所述第一设备。Step 301: A first device receives first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device.

步骤302:所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息。Step 302: The first device determines, according to the first control information, information requested by the first device to send.

步骤303:所述第一设备根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。Step 303: The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the request of the first device to send information.

本申请实施例中,第二设备发送第一控制信息,第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,这里,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括第一设备,也就是说,所述第一控制信息至少包括第一设备的请求发送信息,其中,所述第一设备的请求发 送信息用于所述第一设备确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the second device sends first control information, and the first device receives the first control information sent by the second device. Here, the first control information includes at least one device's request to send information, the at least one The device includes a first device, that is, the first control information includes at least the request to send information of the first device, wherein the request to send information of the first device is used by the first device to determine whether to send the first device to the first device. The second device sends a response message.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息,所述第一设备为终端设备,所述第二设备为网络设备。在另一可选方式中,所述第一控制信息为侧行控制信息,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备为第二终端设备。In some embodiments, the first control information is downlink control information, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. In another optional manner, the first control information is sideline control information, the first device is a first terminal device, and the second device is a second terminal device.

本申请实施例中,所述第一控制信息可以为公共的控制信息。这里,公共的控制信息可以通过以下两个方面来体现:In this embodiment of the present application, the first control information may be public control information. Here, the public control information can be reflected in the following two aspects:

第一方面:所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式,其中,所述第一控制信息格式对应的第一无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Tempory Identity,RNTI)为公共的RNTI。A first aspect: the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein the first wireless network temporary identifier (Radio Network Tempory Identity, RNTI) corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI.

对于所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息的情况,所述第一控制信息对应第一下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)格式,第一DCI格式对应的第一RNTI为公共的RNTI。例如,所述第一RNTI是时隙格式指示无线网络临时标识(Slot Format Indicator-Radio NetworkTempory Identity,SFI-RNTI)。这里,所述第一RNTI对应一组终端设备,其中,该组终端设备中包括至少一个终端设备。In the case where the first control information is downlink control information, the first control information corresponds to a first downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) format, and the first RNTI corresponding to the first DCI format is a common RNTI. For example, the first RNTI is a slot format indicator wireless network temporary identity (Slot Format Indicator-Radio NetworkTempory Identity, SFI-RNTI). Here, the first RNTI corresponds to a group of terminal equipment, wherein the group of terminal equipment includes at least one terminal equipment.

对于所述第一控制信息为侧行控制信息的情况,所述第一控制信息对应第一侧行控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI)格式,第一SCI格式对应的第一RNTI为公共的RNTI。这里,所述第一RNTI对应一组终端设备,其中,该组终端设备中包括至少一个终端设备。In the case where the first control information is sidelink control information, the first control information corresponds to the first sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI) format, and the first RNTI corresponding to the first SCI format is a common RNTI . Here, the first RNTI corresponds to a group of terminal equipment, wherein the group of terminal equipment includes at least one terminal equipment.

第二方面:所述第一控制信息通过组公共控制信道传输。A second aspect: the first control information is transmitted through a group common control channel.

对于所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息的情况,所述第一控制信息可以通过组公共物理下行控制信道(Group Common-Physical Downlink Control Channel,GC-PDCCH)传输。In the case where the first control information is downlink control information, the first control information may be transmitted through a group common physical downlink control channel (Group Common-Physical Downlink Control Channel, GC-PDCCH).

对于所述第一控制信息为侧行控制信息的情况,所述第一控制信息可以通过组公共物理侧行控制信道(Group Common-Physical Sidelink Control Channel,GC-PSCCH)传输。In the case where the first control information is sidelink control information, the first control information may be transmitted through a group common physical sidelink control channel (Group Common-Physical Sidelink Control Channel, GC-PSCCH).

需要说明的是,对于第一控制信息包括多个设备的请求发送信息的情况,多个设备中的每个设备确定其请求发送信息的方式都相同,即都和所述第一设备确定其请求发送信息的方式相同。It should be noted that, for the case where the first control information includes information requested by multiple devices to send information, each of the multiple devices determines the information requested to be sent in the same manner, that is, the first device determines its request to send information. Information is sent in the same way.

以下对所述第一设备的请求发送信息具体包含哪些信息进行说明。The following describes the specific information contained in the request to send information of the first device.

本申请实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于确定以下至少一个信息:第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息、COT的长度信息、COT的结束位置信息、频域资源集合指示信息、时隙格式指示信息、控制信道监测集合组指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否请求传输。需要说明的是,所述第一设备的请求发送信息所确定的信息并不限于以上几种,还可以包括其他信息。In the embodiment of this application, the request sending information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT End location information, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, and control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission. It should be noted that the information determined by the request to send the information of the first device is not limited to the above types, and may also include other information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括与至少一个小区或至少一个带宽部分(Band Width Part,BWP)或至少一个频域资源集合关联的请求发送信息。In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part (Band Width Part, BWP) or at least one frequency domain resource set.

这里,第一设备的请求发送信息包括至少一个请求发送信息,所述至少一个请求发送信息中的每个请求发送信息与一个小区或一个BWP或一个频域资源集合关联。例如:第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一请求发送信息和第二请求发送信息,其中,第一请求发送信息与第一小区或者第一BWP或者第一频域资源集合关联,第二请求发送信息与第二小区或者第二BWP或者第二频域资源集合关联。Here, the request-to-send information of the first device includes at least one request-to-send information, and each request-to-send information in the at least one request-to-send information is associated with one cell or one BWP or one frequency domain resource set. For example, the request to send information of the first device includes the first request to send information and the second request to send information, wherein the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the second request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set. The information is associated with the second cell or the second BWP or the second set of frequency domain resources.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个小区是指所述第一设备被配置的至少一个小区。In some embodiments, the at least one cell refers to at least one cell in which the first device is configured.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个BWP包括所述第一设备被配置的至少一个小区上的BWP。例如,所述至少一个BWP包括所述第一设备被配置的至少一个小区上的激活BWP。In some embodiments, the at least one BWP includes a BWP on at least one cell in which the first device is configured. For example, the at least one BWP includes an activated BWP on at least one cell in which the first device is configured.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个频域资源集合与一个BWP或一个小区对应。例如所述至少一个频域资源集合是一个BWP上包括的频域资源集合;或者,所述至少一个频域资源集合是一个小区上包括的频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the at least one set of frequency domain resources corresponds to one BWP or one cell. For example, the at least one frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set included in a BWP; or, the at least one frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set included in a cell.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个频域资源集合中的每个频域资源集合与一个BWP或一个小区对应。例如所述至少一个频域资源集合中的每个频域资源集合对应所述第一设备被配置的一个BWP上包括的频域资源;或者,所述至少一个频域资源集合中的每个频域资源集合对应所述第一设备被配置的一个小区上包括的频域资源。In some embodiments, each frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set corresponds to one BWP or one cell. For example, each frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set corresponds to a frequency domain resource included in one BWP configured by the first device; or, each frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set The domain resource set corresponds to frequency domain resources included in a cell configured by the first device.

本申请实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一请求发送信息,所述第一请求发送信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。In this embodiment of the present application, the request to send information of the first device includes first request to send information, and the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, wherein the The first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.

在一些实施例中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,也可以理解为,所述第一设备被 配置有至少一个小区,所述第一小区为所述至少一个小区中的一个小区。In some embodiments, the first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device. It can also be understood that the first device is configured with at least one cell, and the first cell is one of the at least one cell. of a district.

在一些实施例中,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,也可以理解为,所述第一小区被配置有至少一个BWP,所述第一BWP为所述至少一个BWP中的激活BWP。In some embodiments, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell. It can also be understood that the first cell is configured with at least one BWP, and the first BWP is one of the at least one BWP. to activate the BWP.

在一些实施例中,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合,也可以理解为,所述第一BWP对应至少一个频域资源集合,所述第一频域资源集合为所述至少一个频域资源集合中的一个频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the first frequency-domain resource set is a frequency-domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP. It can also be understood that the first BWP corresponds to at least one frequency-domain resource set. The domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set in the at least one frequency domain resource set.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是预定义的;或者,所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是基于高层配置参数确定的。In some embodiments, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is predefined; or, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter .

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括以下至少一个信息:第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息、COT的长度信息、COT的结束位置信息、频域资源集合指示信息、时隙格式指示信息、控制信道监测集合组指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否请求传输。需要说明的是,所述第一请求发送信息所包括的信息并不限于以上几种,还可以包括其他信息。In some embodiments, the first request to send information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT end position information, Frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, and control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission. It should be noted that the information included in the first request to send information is not limited to the above types, and may also include other information.

以下对所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息是如何确定的,以及所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息的位置是如何确定的、以及所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息占据的比特数是如何确定的进行说明。The following describes how the information included in the first request-to-send information is determined, how the location of the information included in the first request-to-send information is determined, and the occupation of the information included in the first request-to-send information Explain how the number of bits is determined.

(一)第一请求发送信息中包括的信息的确定方式。(1) The method of determining the information included in the first request to send the information.

本申请实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于以下方式之一确定:In this embodiment of the present application, the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following methods:

方式一:所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于高层配置参数确定。Manner 1: The information included in the first request to send information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是终端设备,第二设备是网络设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是所述第二设备配置的。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是第一终端设备,第二设备是第二终端设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是网络设备或具有管理控制功能的控制节点例如第三设备配置的。在一些实施例中,所述第三设备可以为所述第一终端设备或第二终端设备的控制节点,例如第一终端设备所属终端组的组头终端。在一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第二终端设备可以是相同的设备。在另一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第一终端设备可以是相同的设备。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is the first terminal device and the second device is the second terminal device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device. In some embodiments, the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs. In some cases, the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.

在一些实施例中,可以通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息包括哪些信息,或者,也可以通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息是否包括哪一个或哪几个信息。In some embodiments, the information included in the first request-to-send information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter, or, whether or not the first request-to-send information includes one or several pieces of information may also be configured through a high-level configuration parameter.

下面以通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中是否包括某一个信息例如第一信息为例,对于第一请求发送信息中包括多个信息的情况,对于该多个信息中通过高层配置参数配置的其他信息,其配置方式可以和第一信息相同。The following is an example of configuring whether the first request-to-send information includes a certain piece of information, such as the first information, by using high-level configuration parameters. For the case where the first request-to-send information includes multiple pieces of information, the multiple pieces of information are configured by high-level configuration parameters. other information, its configuration can be the same as the first information.

在一些实施例中,第一信息对应第一高层配置参数,可以通过第一高层配置参数配置所述第一请求发送信息中是否包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, the first information corresponds to a first high-layer configuration parameter, and whether the first request-to-send information includes the first information may be configured through the first high-layer configuration parameter.

在一个示例中,第一高层配置参数取第一值,表示所述第一请求发送信息中包括所述第一信息,或者,第一高层配置参数取第二值,表示所述第一请求发送信息中不包括所述第一信息。In an example, the first high-layer configuration parameter takes a first value, indicating that the first request to send information includes the first information, or the first high-layer configuration parameter takes a second value, indicating that the first request to send The first information is not included in the information.

在一个示例中,如果配置所述第一高层配置参数,表示所述第一请求发送信息中包括所述第一信息,如果未配置所述第一高层配置参数,表示所述第一请求发送信息中不包括所述第一信息。In an example, if the first high layer configuration parameter is configured, it indicates that the first request to send information includes the first information, and if the first high layer configuration parameter is not configured, it indicates that the first request to send information does not include the first information.

在一个示例中,第一高层配置参数中包括一个值,所述第一请求发送信息中不包括所述第一信息;或者,第一高层配置参数中包括多个值,所述第一请求发送信息中包括所述第一信息。In an example, the first high-layer configuration parameter includes one value, and the first request-to-send information does not include the first information; or, the first high-layer configuration parameter includes multiple values, and the first request to send The information includes the first information.

在一个示例中,通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中包括以下信息:第一指示信息、波束指示信息和应答资源指示信息。In an example, the configuration of the first request to send information by using a high-level configuration parameter includes the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, and response resource indication information.

在一个示例中,通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中是否包括以下信息:第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息。In an example, whether the first request-to-send information includes the following information: first indication information, beam indication information, and response resource indication information is configured through a high-level configuration parameter.

在一个示例中,如果配置包括应答资源指示信息的高层配置参数,则第一请求发送信息中包括应答资源指示信息;如果没有配置包括应答资源指示信息的高层配置参数,则第一请求发送信息中不包括应答资源指示信息。In an example, if the configuration includes high-level configuration parameters including response resource indication information, the first request-to-send information includes response resource indication information; if no high-level configuration parameters including response resource indication information are configured, the first request-to-send information includes response resource indication information. Does not include response resource indication information.

方式二:所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息是预定义的。Manner 2: The information included in the first request to send information is predefined.

本申请实施例中,可以预定义(即通过协议规定)第一请求发送信息包括哪些信息,或者,也可以预定义第一请求发送信息是否包括哪一个或哪几个信息。In this embodiment of the present application, what information is included in the first request-to-send information may be pre-defined (ie, specified by a protocol), or it may also be pre-defined whether which one or several pieces of information are included in the first request-to-send information.

在一个示例中,通过协议规定第一请求发送信息中包括以下信息:第一指示信息、波束指示信息和应答资源指示信息。In one example, the first request to send information includes the following information according to the protocol: first indication information, beam indication information and response resource indication information.

在一个示例中,通过协议规定第一请求发送信息中是否包括以下信息:第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息。In an example, whether the first request to send information includes the following information is specified through a protocol: first indication information, beam indication information, and response resource indication information.

方式三:所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于所述第一小区对应的频谱属性确定。Manner 3: The information included in the first request to send information is determined based on the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell.

本申请实施例中,第一请求发送信息包括的信息与第一小区对应的频谱属性具有关联关系,可以根据该关联关系和第一小区对应的频谱属性确定第一请求发送信息包括哪些信息,或者确定第一请求发送信息是否包括哪一个或哪几个信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the information included in the first request to send information has an association relationship with the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell, and the information included in the first request to send information may be determined according to the association relationship and the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell, or It is determined whether which one or several pieces of information the first request-to-send information includes.

在一个示例中,第一小区对应的频谱属性为授权频谱的情况下,第一请求发送信息中不包括第一指示信息。In an example, when the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell is an authorized spectrum, the first request to send information does not include the first indication information.

在一个示例中,第一小区对应的频谱属性为非授权频谱的情况下,第一请求发送信息中包括第一指示信息。In an example, when the spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell is an unlicensed spectrum, the first request to send information includes the first indication information.

方式四:所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于所述第一小区对应的信道接入机制确定。Manner 4: The information included in the first request to send information is determined based on the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell.

本申请实施例中,第一请求发送信息包括的信息与第一小区对应的信道接入机制具有关联关系,可以根据该关联关系和第一小区对应的信道接入机制确定第一请求发送信息包括哪些信息,或者确定第一请求发送信息是否包括哪一个或哪几个信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the information included in the first request to send information has an association relationship with the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell, and it can be determined according to the association relationship and the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell that the first request to send information includes which information, or determine whether the first request to send the information includes which one or which pieces of information.

这里,信道接入机制可以包括做信道检测的信道接入机制(即做LBT的信道接入机制)和不做信道检测的信道接入机制(即不做LBT的信道接入机制)。进一步,在一些实施例中,做信道检测的信道接入机制又可以分为动态信道接入机制和半静态信道接入机制。Here, the channel access mechanism may include a channel access mechanism with channel detection (ie, a channel access mechanism with LBT) and a channel access mechanism without channel detection (ie, a channel access mechanism without LBT). Further, in some embodiments, the channel access mechanism for channel detection can be further divided into a dynamic channel access mechanism and a semi-static channel access mechanism.

在一个示例中,第一小区对应的信道接入机制是不做信道检测的信道接入机制的情况下,第一请求发送信息中不包括第一指示信息。In an example, when the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell is a channel access mechanism without channel detection, the first request to send information does not include the first indication information.

在一个示例中,第一小区对应的信道接入机制是做信道检测的信道接入机制的情况下,第一请求发送信息中包括第一指示信息。In an example, when the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell is a channel access mechanism for channel detection, the first request to send information includes the first indication information.

(二)第一请求发送信息中包括的信息的位置确定方式。(2) The method of determining the location of the information included in the first request to send the information.

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。The location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information is in the first control information The location is predefined.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是终端设备,第二设备是网络设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是所述第二设备配置的。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是第一终端设备,第二设备是第二终端设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是网络设备或具有管理控制功能的控制节点例如第三设备配置的。在一些实施例中,所述第三设备可以为所述第一终端设备或第二终端设备的控制节点,例如第一终端设备所属终端组的组头终端。在一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第二终端设备可以是相同的设备。在另一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第一终端设备可以是相同的设备。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is the first terminal device and the second device is the second terminal device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device. In some embodiments, the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs. In some cases, the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.

下面以确定第一请求发送信息中包括的某一个信息例如第一信息在第一控制信息中的位置确定方式为例,对于第一请求发送信息中包括多个信息的情况,对于该多个信息中的其他信息,其在第一控制信息中的位置的确定方式也可以使用以下方式中的至少一种确定。The following is an example of determining a certain piece of information included in the first request-to-send information, for example, the position determination method of the first information in the first control information. For the case where the first request-to-send information includes multiple pieces of information, For other information in , the manner of determining its position in the first control information may also be determined by using at least one of the following manners.

方式I)所述第一信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的。Manner I) The position of the first information in the first control information is determined based on a high-layer configuration parameter.

例如,可以通过高层配置参数配置第一信息在第一控制信息中的位置。其中,该位置可以是第一信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置。例如,该位置是该第一信息的第一个比特在第一控制信息中的位置。For example, the location of the first information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter. Wherein, the position may be a starting position of the first information in the first control information. For example, the position is the position of the first bit of the first information in the first control information.

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息为例,通过高层配置参数配置应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置。In an example, taking the first request for sending information including response resource indication information as an example, the starting position of the response resource indication information in the first control information is configured by using a high-level configuration parameter.

方式II)所述第一信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。Mode II) The position of the first information in the first control information is predefined.

例如,可以预定义(即通过协议规定)第一信息在第一控制信息中的位置。其中,该位置可以是第一信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置。例如,该位置是该第一信息的第一个比特在第一控制信息中的位置。For example, the position of the first information in the first control information may be predefined (ie specified by a protocol). Wherein, the position may be a starting position of the first information in the first control information. For example, the position is the position of the first bit of the first information in the first control information.

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息为例,通过协议规定应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置。In an example, taking the first request for sending information including response resource indication information as an example, the starting position of the response resource indication information in the first control information is specified by a protocol.

在一些实施例中,第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息。In some embodiments, the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information.

方式I)所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的。Manner I) The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是终端设备,第二设备是网络设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是所述第二设备配置的。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是第一终端设备,第二设备是第二终端设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是网络设备或具有管理控制功能的控制节点例如第三设备配置的。在一些实施例中,所述第三设备可以为所述第一终端设备或第二终端设备的控制节点,例如第一终端设备所属终端组的组头终端。在一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第二终端设备可以是相同的设备。在另一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第一终端设备可以是相同的设备。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is the first terminal device and the second device is the second terminal device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device. In some embodiments, the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs. In some cases, the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.

在一些实施例中,可以通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息中的位置。进一步,可以通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置。例如,该起始位置是信息的第一个比特在第一控制信息中的位置。In some embodiments, the location of each information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter. Further, the starting position of each information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter. For example, the starting position is the position of the first bit of the information in the first control information.

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括第一指示信息和应答资源指示信息为例,通过高层配置参数配置第一指示信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置,以及应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置。In an example, taking the first request to send information including the first indication information and the response resource indication information as an example, the starting position of the first indication information in the first control information is configured through a high-level configuration parameter, and the response resource indication information is in the The starting position in the first control information.

方式II)所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。Manner II) The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined.

例如,可以预定义(即通过协议规定)第一请求发送信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息中的位置。其中,该位置可以是信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置,例如,该位置是信息的第一个比特在第一控制信息中的位置。For example, the location of each of the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be predefined (ie, specified by the protocol). The position may be the starting position of the information in the first control information, for example, the position is the position of the first bit of the information in the first control information.

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括第一指示信息和应答资源指示信息为例,协议规定第一指示信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置,以及应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息中的起始位置。In an example, taking the first request to send information including first indication information and response resource indication information as an example, the protocol specifies the starting position of the first indication information in the first control information, and the response resource indication information in the first control information. The starting position in the message.

方式III)所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。Mode III) The position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter. The position of a part of the information in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,对于第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息的情况,可以通过高层配置参数配置一部分信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息中的位置(例如起始位置),预定义(即通过协议规定)另一部分信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息中的位置(例如起始位置)。In some embodiments, for the case where the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, the position (eg, the starting position) of each piece of information in the first control information can be configured through a high-level configuration parameter, which is predefined. (ie, specified by the protocol) the position (eg, starting position) of each of the other pieces of information in the first control information.

在另一可选方式中,对于第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息的情况,所述至少两个信息中的第一信息在所述第一控制信息中的起始位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中除所述第一信息以外的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是根据所述起始位置和预定义规则确定的,所述预定义规则包括所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则。进一步,所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则为:所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中连续排序。In another optional manner, in the case where the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, the starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is based on a high-level configuration parameter It is determined that the position of the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, where the predefined rule includes all the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information. Further, the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is: the at least two pieces of information are sequentially ordered in the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述至少两个信息中的第一信息在所述第一控制信息中排在第一位。In some embodiments, the first information of the at least two pieces of information is ranked first in the first control information.

(三)第一请求发送信息中包括的信息占据的比特数确定方式。(3) A method for determining the number of bits occupied by the information included in the first request to send information.

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request to send information is in the first control information. The corresponding number of bits in the message is predefined.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是终端设备,第二设备是网络设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是所述第二设备配置的。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是第一终端设备,第二设备是第二终端设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是网络设备或具有管理控制功能的控制节点例如第三设备配置的。在一些实施例中,所述第三设备可以为所述第一终端设备或第二终端设备的控制节点,例如第一终端设备所属终端组的组头终端。在一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第二终端设备可以是相同的设备。在另一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第一终端设备可以是相同的设备。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is the first terminal device and the second device is the second terminal device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device. In some embodiments, the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs. In some cases, the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.

下面以确定第一请求发送信息中包括的某一个信息例如第一信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数确定方式为例,对于第一请求发送信息中包括多个信息的情况,对于该多个信息中的其他信息,其在第一控制信息中对应的比特数的确定方式也可以使用以下方式中的至少一种确定。The following is an example of determining a certain piece of information included in the first request-to-send information, for example, the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information. For the case where the first request-to-send information includes multiple pieces of information, For other information in the pieces of information, the manner of determining the corresponding number of bits in the first control information may also be determined by using at least one of the following manners.

方式I)所述第一信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的。Manner I) The number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information is determined based on a high-layer configuration parameter.

例如,可以通过高层配置参数配置第一信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数。For example, the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information may be configured through a high-layer configuration parameter.

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息为例,通过高层配置参数配置应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息对应的比特数为S比特,S为正整数。In an example, taking the first request for sending information including response resource indication information as an example, the number of bits corresponding to the response resource indication information in the first control information is configured by high layer configuration parameters as S bits, where S is a positive integer.

方式II)所述第一信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。Mode II) The number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information is predefined.

例如,可以预定义(即通过协议规定)第一信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数。For example, the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information may be predefined (ie specified by a protocol).

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息为例,通过协议规定应答资源指示 信息在第一控制信息对应的比特数为S比特,S为正整数。In an example, taking the first request to send information including response resource indication information as an example, the protocol specifies that the number of bits corresponding to the response resource indication information in the first control information is S bits, and S is a positive integer.

在一些实施例中,第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息。In some embodiments, the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information.

方式I)所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的。Manner I) The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-layer configuration parameter.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是终端设备,第二设备是网络设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是所述第二设备配置的。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the second device.

在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是第一终端设备,第二设备是第二终端设备的情况,高层配置参数可以是网络设备或具有管理控制功能的控制节点例如第三设备配置的。在一些实施例中,所述第三设备可以为所述第一终端设备或第二终端设备的控制节点,例如第一终端设备所属终端组的组头终端。在一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第二终端设备可以是相同的设备。在另一些情况中,所述第三设备和所述第一终端设备可以是相同的设备。In some embodiments, for the case where the first device is the first terminal device and the second device is the second terminal device, the high-level configuration parameters may be configured by the network device or a control node with a management control function, such as a third device. In some embodiments, the third device may be a control node of the first terminal device or the second terminal device, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs. In some cases, the third device and the second terminal device may be the same device. In other cases, the third device and the first terminal device may be the same device.

在一些实施例中,可以通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数。In some embodiments, the number of bits corresponding to each piece of information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be configured through a high-level configuration parameter.

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括第一指示信息和应答资源指示信息为例,通过高层配置参数配置第一指示信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S1比特,以及应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S2比特,S1,S2为正整数。In an example, taking the first request to send information including first indication information and response resource indication information as an example, the number of bits corresponding to the first indication information in the first control information is configured by high-level configuration parameters as S1 bits, and the response resource The number of bits corresponding to the indication information in the first control information is S2 bits, and S1 and S2 are positive integers.

方式II)所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。Manner II) The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is predefined.

例如,可以预定义(即通过协议规定)第一请求发送信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数。For example, the number of bits corresponding to each information in the first request-to-send information in the first control information may be predefined (ie, specified by a protocol).

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括第一指示信息和应答资源指示信息为例,通过协议规定第一指示信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S1比特,以及应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S2比特,S1,S2为正整数。In an example, taking the first request to send information including the first indication information and the response resource indication information as an example, the protocol specifies that the number of bits corresponding to the first indication information in the first control information is S1 bits, and the response resource indication information The corresponding number of bits in the first control information is S2 bits, and S1 and S2 are positive integers.

方式III)所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。Mode III) The number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters, and the at least two pieces of information The number of bits corresponding to another part of the information in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,对于第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息的情况,可以通过高层配置参数配置一部分信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息对应的比特数,预定义(即通过协议规定)另一部分信息中的每个信息在第一控制信息对应的比特数。In some embodiments, for the case where the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, the number of bits corresponding to each piece of information in the first control information can be configured through high-level configuration parameters, which are predefined (that is, specified by the protocol) ) The number of bits corresponding to the first control information for each piece of information in the other part of the information.

在一个示例中,以第一请求发送信息包括第一指示信息和应答资源指示信息为例,通过高层配置参数配置第一指示信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S1比特,以及通过协议规定应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S2比特,S1,S2为正整数。In an example, taking the first request to send information including the first indication information and the response resource indication information as an example, the number of bits corresponding to the first indication information in the first control information is configured by high-level configuration parameters to be S1 bits, and the protocol It is specified that the number of bits corresponding to the response resource indication information in the first control information is S2 bits, and S1 and S2 are positive integers.

在一些实施例中,一个信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数与该信息对应的状态数目有关,或者,一个信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于该信息对应的状态数目确定的。在一些实施例中,一个信息对应的状态数目是基于高层配置参数确定的或预定义的。作为示例,假设通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中的一个信息对应M种状态,或该信息预定义为对应M种状态,M为正整数,那么,该信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为:ceil(log2(M))比特,其中,log2表示以2为底的对数,ceil表示上取整。例如,M=8,则该信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为3比特。In some embodiments, the number of bits corresponding to a piece of information in the first control information is related to the number of states corresponding to the information, or the number of bits corresponding to a piece of information in the first control information is determined based on the number of states corresponding to the information of. In some embodiments, the number of states corresponding to a message is determined or predefined based on high-level configuration parameters. As an example, it is assumed that one piece of information in the first request-to-send information is configured through high-level configuration parameters to correspond to M states, or the information is predefined to correspond to M states, where M is a positive integer, then the information corresponds to the first control information The number of bits is: ceil(log2(M)) bits, where log2 represents the logarithm with the base 2, and ceil represents the rounding up. For example, if M=8, the number of bits corresponding to the information in the first control information is 3 bits.

在一些实施例中,通过高层配置参数配置第一请求发送信息中的某个信息例如第一信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数,包括:通过高层配置参数配置第一信息对应M种状态,则该第一信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为ceil(log2(M))。In some embodiments, configuring certain information in the first request-to-send information, such as the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information, by using high-layer configuration parameters includes: configuring M states corresponding to the first information by using high-layer configuration parameters , the number of bits corresponding to the first information in the first control information is ceil(log2(M)).

本申请实施例的上述技术方案,是以第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一请求发送信息为例进行说明,不局限于此,在一些实施例中,第一设备的请求发送信息还可以包括其他一个或多个请求发送信息,以第一设备的请求发送信息还包括第二请求发送信息为例,第二请求发送信息与第二小区或者第二BWP或者第二频域资源集合关联,其中,所述第二小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第二BWP为所述第二小区对应的BWP,所述第二频域资源集合为所述第二BWP对应的频域资源集合。The above technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the request to send information of the first device including the first request to send information as an example for description, and it is not limited to this. In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device may also include One or more other request-to-send information. Taking the request-to-send information of the first device further including second request-to-send information as an example, the second request-to-send information is associated with the second cell or the second BWP or the second frequency domain resource set, where , the second cell is the cell corresponding to the first device, the second BWP is the BWP corresponding to the second cell, and the second frequency domain resource set is the frequency domain resource corresponding to the second BWP gather.

对于第二请求发送信息来说,第二请求发送信息中包括的信息是如何确定的,以及第二请求发送信息中包括的信息的位置是如何确定的、以及第二请求发送信息中包括的信息占据的比特数是如何确定的,均可以参照前述关于第一请求发送信息的相关描述。For the second request-to-send information, how is the information included in the second request-to-send information determined, how is the location of the information included in the second request-to-send information determined, and the information included in the second request-to-send information For how the number of occupied bits is determined, reference may be made to the foregoing related description about the first request to send information.

需要说明的是,第二请求发送信息采用的确定方式可以与第一请求发送信息采用的确定方式相同,或者,第二请求发送信息采用的确定方式也可以与第一请求发送信息采用的确定方式不同。例如:第一请求发送信息中包括的信息基于高层配置参数确定,第二请求发送信息中包括的信息是预定义的。例如:第一请求发送信息中包括的每个信息在第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的,第二请求发送信息中包括的每个信息在第一控制信息中的位置基于高层配置参数确定。例如:第一请求发送信息中包括的每个信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数基于高层配置参数确定,第二请求发送信息中包括的每个信息在第一控制信息中对应的比特数基于高层配置参数确定。It should be noted that the determination method used for the second request to send information may be the same as the determination method used for the first request to send information, or the determination method used for the second request to send information may also be the same as the determination method used for the first request to send information. different. For example, the information included in the first request-to-send information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters, and the information included in the second request-to-send information is predefined. For example, the position of each information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined, and the position of each information included in the second request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters . For example: the number of bits corresponding to each information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters, and the number of bits corresponding to each information included in the second request to send information in the first control information Determined based on high-level configuration parameters.

在一些实施例中,第一请求发送信息和第二请求发送信息中包括的信息可以相同也可以不同。In some embodiments, the information included in the first request-to-send information and the second request-to-send information may be the same or different.

需要说明的是,如果第一请求发送信息和第二请求发送信息都包括某个信息,该信息在第一请求发送信息中对应的比特数,与该信息在第二请求发送信息对应的比特数,可以相同也可以不同。It should be noted that, if both the first request to send information and the second request to send information include a certain information, the number of bits corresponding to the information in the first request to send information is the number of bits corresponding to the information in the second request to send information. , which can be the same or different.

以下结合具体应用实例对第一控制信息的格式进行说明。The format of the first control information will be described below with reference to a specific application example.

应用实例1Application example 1

假设第一请求发送信息包括两个信息,分别为信息A和信息B。网络设备通过第一高层配置参数配置信息A在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L1比特,其中信息A在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S1比特;网络设备通过第二高层配置参数配置信息B在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L2比特,其中信息B在第一控制信息中对应的比特数为S2比特,如图4-1所示。第一设备接收到第一控制信息后,从第一控制信息中的第L1比特开始读取S1比特,确定该S1比特对应信息A;从第一控制信息中的第L2比特开始读取S2比特,并确定该S2比特对应信息B。It is assumed that the first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B. The network device configures the starting position of the information A in the first control information through the first high-level configuration parameter to be the L1th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information A in the first control information is S1 bits; the network device configures the information A through the second higher layer. The starting position of the parameter configuration information B in the first control information is the L2th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information B in the first control information is S2 bits, as shown in Figure 4-1. After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the L2th bit in the first control information , and determine that the S2 bit corresponds to the information B.

应用实例2Application example 2

假设第一请求发送信息包括两个信息,分别信息A和信息B。信息A和信息B在第一控制信息中的排序规则为预定义的,例如信息A和信息B在第一控制信息中连续排序,且信息A位于信息B之前。网络设备通过高层配置参数配置信息A在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L1比特,其中信息A对应的比特数为S1比特;信息B在第一控制信息中的起始位置位于信息A的结束位置后,其中信息B对应的比特数为S2比特,如图4-2所示。第一设备接收到第一控制信息后,从第一控制信息中的第L1比特开始读取S1比特,确定该S1比特对应信息A;从该S1比特后的下一比特开始读取S2比特,并确定该S2比特对应信息B。It is assumed that the first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B. The ordering rule of the information A and the information B in the first control information is predefined, for example, the information A and the information B are sequentially ordered in the first control information, and the information A is located before the information B. The network device configures the starting position of the information A in the first control information through the high-level configuration parameters is the L1th bit, wherein the number of bits corresponding to the information A is S1 bits; the starting position of the information B in the first control information is located in the information A. After the end position of , the number of bits corresponding to information B is S2 bits, as shown in Figure 4-2. After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to the information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the next bit after the S1 bit, And determine that the S2 bit corresponds to the information B.

应用实例3Application example 3

假设第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一请求发送信息和第二请求发送信息,第一请求发送信息与第一小区或者第一BWP或者第一频域资源集合关联,第二请求发送信息与第二小区或者第二BWP或者第二频域资源集合关联。其中,第一请求发送信息包括两个信息,分别信息A和信息B。第二请求发送信息包括两个信息,分别信息C和信息D。网络设备通过第一高层配置参数配置信息A在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L1比特,其中信息A对应的比特数为S1比特;网络设备通过第二高层配置参数配置信息B在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L2比特,其中信息B对应的比特数为S2比特;网络设备通过第三高层配置参数配置信息C在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L3比特,其中信息C对应的比特数为S3比特;网络设备通过第四高层配置参数配置信息D在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L4比特,其中信息D对应的比特数为S4比特,如图4-3所示。第一设备接收到第一控制信息后,从第一控制信息中的第L1比特开始读取S1比特,确定该S1比特对应信息A;从第一控制信息中的第L2比特开始读取S2比特,并确定该S2比特对应信息B;从第一控制信息中的第L3比特开始读取S3比特,确定该S3比特对应信息C;从第一控制信息中的第L4比特开始读取S4比特,并确定该S4比特对应信息D。Assuming that the request to send information of the first device includes first request to send information and second request to send information, the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the second request to send information is associated with the first The two cells or the second BWP or the second frequency domain resource set are associated. The first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B. The second request-to-send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information C and information D. The starting position of the network device configuration information A in the first control information through the first high-level configuration parameter is the L1th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information A is S1 bit; the network device configures the information B through the second-layer configuration parameter in the first The starting position in the control information is the L2th bit, and the number of bits corresponding to the information B is the S2 bit; the starting position of the configuration information C in the first control information by the network device through the third-layer configuration parameter is the L3th bit, The number of bits corresponding to the information C is S3 bits; the network device configures the starting position of the information D in the first control information through the fourth layer configuration parameter is the L4th bit, and the number of bits corresponding to the information D is S4 bits, as shown in the figure 4-3. After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the L2th bit in the first control information , and determine the corresponding information B of the S2 bit; start to read the S3 bit from the L3 bit in the first control information, and determine the corresponding information C of the S3 bit; start to read the S4 bit from the L4 bit in the first control information, And it is determined that the S4 bit corresponds to the information D.

应用实例4Application example 4

假设第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一请求发送信息和第二请求发送信息,第一请求发送信息与第一小区或者第一BWP或者第一频域资源集合关联,第二请求发送信息与第二小区或者第二BWP或者第二频域资源集合关联。其中,第一请求发送信息包括两个信息,分别信息A和信息B,信息A和信息B在第一控制信息中的排序规则为预定义的,例如信息A和信息B在第一控制信息中连续排序,且信息A位于信息B之前。第二请求发送信息包括两个信息,分别信息C和信息D,信息C和信息D在第一控制信息中的排序规则为预定义的,例如信息C和信息D在第一控制信息中连续排序,且信息C位于信息D之前。网络设备通过第一高层配置参数配置信息A在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L1比特,其中信息A对应的比特数为S1比特;信息B在第一控制信息中的起始位置位于信息A的结束位置后,其中信息B对应的比特数为S2比特。网络设备通过第三高层配置参数配置信息C在第一控制信息中的起始位置是第L3比特,其中信息C对应的比特数为S3比特; 信息D在第一控制信息格式中的起始位置位于信息C的结束位置后,其中信息D对应的比特数为S4比特,如图4-4所示。第一设备接收到第一控制信息后,从第一控制信息中的第L1比特开始读取S1比特,确定该S1比特对应信息A;从该S1比特后的下一比特开始读取S2比特,并确定该S2比特对应信息B;从第一控制信息中的第L3比特开始读取S3比特,并确定该S3比特对应信息C;从该S3比特后的下一比特开始读取S4比特,并确定该S4比特对应信息D。Assuming that the request to send information of the first device includes first request to send information and second request to send information, the first request to send information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the second request to send information is associated with the first The two cells or the second BWP or the second frequency domain resource set are associated. The first request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information A and information B. The sorting rules of information A and information B in the first control information are predefined, for example, information A and information B are in the first control information. Sequential ordering, with message A before message B. The second request to send information includes two pieces of information, namely, information C and information D. The ordering rules of information C and information D in the first control information are predefined, for example, information C and information D are sequentially ordered in the first control information. , and information C precedes information D. The network device configures the starting position of the information A in the first control information through the first high-level configuration parameter is the L1th bit, wherein the number of bits corresponding to the information A is S1 bits; the starting position of the information B in the first control information is located at After the end position of the information A, the number of bits corresponding to the information B is S2 bits. The network device configures the starting position of the information C in the first control information through the third-layer configuration parameter is the L3th bit, where the number of bits corresponding to the information C is S3 bits; the starting position of the information D in the first control information format After the end of information C, the number of bits corresponding to information D is S4 bits, as shown in Figure 4-4. After receiving the first control information, the first device starts to read the S1 bit from the L1th bit in the first control information, and determines that the S1 bit corresponds to the information A; starts to read the S2 bit from the next bit after the S1 bit, and determine the corresponding information B of the S2 bit; read the S3 bit from the L3 bit in the first control information, and determine the corresponding information C of the S3 bit; start to read the S4 bit from the next bit after the S3 bit, and It is determined that the S4 bit corresponds to the information D.

以下对上述方案中的第一设备的请求发送信息中包括的各个信息进行说明。需要说明的是,上述方案中的第一请求发送信息中包括的信息也可以参照以下全部或部分的相关描述。Various pieces of information included in the request to send information of the first device in the above solution will be described below. It should be noted that, for the information included in the first request to send information in the above solution, reference may also be made to all or part of the following related descriptions.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息。● The request to send information of the first device includes first indication information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示请求传输;或者,所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示不请求传输;或者,所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示请求传输;或者,所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示不请求传输;其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组或小区组。In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or, the first indication information is used to instruct the first device not to request transmission; or, the first indication An indication information is used to indicate to the first group to request transmission; or, the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group not to request transmission; wherein, the first device corresponds to the first group, and the The first group is a device group or a cell group.

例如:第一指示信息通过1比特表示。1比特的取值为第一值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一设备指示请求传输;1比特的取值为第二值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一设备指示不请求传输。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the first indication information is represented by 1 bit. The value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; the value of 1 bit is the second value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device not to request transmission . Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

例如:第一指示信息通过1比特表示。1比特的取值为第一值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一组指示请求传输;1比特的取值为第二值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一组指示不请求传输。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the first indication information is represented by 1 bit. The value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; the value of 1 bit is the second value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group not to request transmission . Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

在一些实施例中,上述方案中的第一组为设备组,设备组包括至少一个设备,第一设备属于所述设备组。第一指示信息用于向第一设备所属的设备组中的所有设备指示请求传输,或者,第一指示信息用于向第一设备所属的设备组中的所有设备指示不请求传输。In some embodiments, the first group in the above solution is a device group, the device group includes at least one device, and the first device belongs to the device group. The first indication information is used to instruct all devices in the device group to which the first device belongs to request transmission, or the first indication information is used to instruct all devices in the device group to which the first device belongs to not request transmission.

在一些实施例中,上述方案中的第一组为小区组,小区组包括至少一个小区,所述至少一个小区为第一设备被配置的全部小区或部分小区,例如第一设备被配置了4个小区,其中的2个小区划分至小区组1,另2个小区划分至小区组2,第一组为小区组1。第一指示信息用于向小区组1指示请求传输,或者,第一指示信息用于向小区组1指示不请求传输。需要说明的是,第一指示信息用于向小区组指示请求传输,可以理解为,第一指示信息用于向第一设备指示在小区组中的所有小区上请求传输。第一指示信息用于向小区组指示不请求传输,可以理解为,第一指示信息用于向第一设备指示在小区组中的所有小区上不请求传输。In some embodiments, the first group in the above solution is a cell group, and the cell group includes at least one cell, and the at least one cell is all or part of the cells configured by the first device, for example, the first device is configured with 4 two cells are divided into cell group 1, the other two cells are divided into cell group 2, and the first group is cell group 1. The first indication information is used to instruct the cell group 1 to request transmission, or the first indication information is used to instruct the cell group 1 not to request transmission. It should be noted that the first indication information is used to instruct the cell group to request transmission, and it can be understood that the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission on all cells in the cell group. The first indication information is used to indicate to the cell group not to request transmission, and it can be understood that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested on all cells in the cell group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联。所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。In some embodiments, the first indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources. The first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or, the first indication information is used to Indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group requesting transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or, the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that the first cell or the first No transmission is requested on a BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; wherein, the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息可以通过所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合发送;或者,所述第一控制信息可以通过所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合发送。In some embodiments, the first indication information may be sent through the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, the first control information may be sent through the first The cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources is sent.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息可以不通过所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合发送;或者,所述第一控制信息可以不通过所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合发送。In other embodiments, the first indication information may not be sent through the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, the first control information may not be sent through any The first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set is sent.

例如:第一指示信息通过1比特表示。1比特的取值为第一值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一设备指示在第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合上请求传输;1比特的取值为第二值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一设备指示在第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合上不请求传输。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the first indication information is represented by 1 bit. The value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; the value of 1 bit is the second value , indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set. Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

例如:第一指示信息通过1比特表示。1比特的取值为第一值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一组指示在第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合上请求传输;1比特的取值为第二值,表示第一指示信息用于向第一组指示在第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合上不请求传输。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the first indication information is represented by 1 bit. The value of 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; the value of 1 bit is the second value , indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set. Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

在一些实施例中,上述方案中的第一组为设备组,设备组包括至少一个设备,第一设备属于所述设备组。第一指示信息用于向第一设备所属的设备组中的所有设备指示在第一小区或第一BWP 或第一频域资源集合上请求传输,或者,第一指示信息用于向第一设备所属的设备组中的所有设备指示在第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合上不请求传输。In some embodiments, the first group in the above solution is a device group, the device group includes at least one device, and the first device belongs to the device group. The first indication information is used to instruct all devices in the device group to which the first device belongs to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, or the first indication information is used to indicate to the first device All devices in the device group to which they belong indicate that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources.

本申请实施例中,所述第一指示信息的实现,可以有如下几种方式:In this embodiment of the present application, the first indication information may be implemented in the following ways:

方式1)所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中为专用信息域。Manner 1) The first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information.

这里,所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中为专用信息域,可以理解为,所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中占据一个单独的信息域(或者说专用的信息域)。例如所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中占据1比特的信息域。Here, the first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information. It can be understood that the first indication information occupies a separate information field (or a dedicated information field) in the first control information. information field). For example, the first indication information occupies a 1-bit information field in the first control information.

方式2)所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的至少一个信息对应的第一信息状态来表征,所述第一信息状态用于确定不请求传输。Manner 2) The first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request to send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.

这里,所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中没有独立的信息域,所述第一指示信息可以通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息中的至少一种信息的第一信息状态来表示。若所述第一设备的请求发送信息中的至少一种信息具有第一信息状态,则表示不请求传输;若所述第一设备的请求发送信息中的至少一种信息不具有第一信息状态,则表示请求传输,并且第一设备按照正常的方式解读所述至少一种信息的信息状态。Here, the first indication information does not have an independent information field in the first control information, and the first indication information may send a first information state of at least one type of information through a request from the first device To represent. If at least one type of information in the request-to-send information of the first device has the first information state, it indicates that no transmission is requested; if at least one type of information in the request-to-send information of the first device does not have the first information state , it indicates that transmission is requested, and the first device interprets the information status of the at least one type of information in a normal manner.

例如:所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息,所述第一指示信息通过应答资源指示信息对应的信息状态来表征。若该应答资源指示信息指示一个无效应答资源例如未指示该应答资源的时域位置,则表示第二设备未向所述第一设备请求传输;或者,若该应答资源指示信息指示一个有效应答资源,则表示按照该应答资源指示信息解读该信息域,且第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求传输。其中,在应答过程中使用的应答资源根据该应答资源指示信息指示的有效应答资源确定。For example, the request to send information of the first device includes response resource indication information, and the first indication information is represented by an information state corresponding to the response resource indication information. If the response resource indication information indicates an invalid response resource, for example, the time domain location of the response resource is not indicated, it means that the second device does not request transmission from the first device; or, if the response resource indication information indicates a valid response resource , it means that the information field is interpreted according to the response resource indication information, and the second device initiates the request transmission to the first device. The response resource used in the response process is determined according to the valid response resource indicated by the response resource indication information.

方式3)所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特对应的第二信息状态来表征,所述第二信息状态用于确定不请求传输。Manner 3) The first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.

这里,所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中没有独立的信息域,所述第一指示信息可以通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特的第二信息状态表示。若所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特具有第二信息状态,则表示不请求传输;若所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特不具有第二信息状态,则表示请求传输,并且第一设备按照正常的方式解读所述第一设备的请求发送信息。Here, the first indication information does not have an independent information field in the first control information, and the first indication information may be the first indication information of some or all of the bits included in the information sent by the request of the first device. Two information state representation. If some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device have the second information state, it indicates that transmission is not requested; if some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device If there is no second information state, it means that transmission is requested, and the first device interprets the request-to-send information of the first device in a normal manner.

例如:所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括M比特,M为正整数。若M比特都为“1”或都为“0”,则表示不请求传输;否则,则表示请求传输,第一设备正常解读该M比特。For example, the request to send information of the first device includes M bits, where M is a positive integer. If the M bits are all "1" or both are "0", it means that the transmission is not requested; otherwise, it means that the transmission is requested, and the first device interprets the M bits normally.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括波束指示信息。● The request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information.

所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一设备的请求发送信息关联的物理信道。例如,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:所述第一控制信息关联的第一参考信号信息、物理信道传输关联的第二参考信号信息、所述应答信息关联的第三参考信号信息。The beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first beam information associated with the first control information, second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and third beam information associated with the response information, Wherein, the physical channel includes a physical channel associated with the request to send information of the first device. For example, the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first reference signal information associated with the first control information, second reference signal information associated with physical channel transmission, and first reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information. Three reference signal information.

(一)第一波束信息(1) First beam information

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息可以为用于发送所述第一控制信息的波束信息,或者用于确定所述第一控制信息的发送波束的波束信息。或者,所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息可以为与所述第一控制信息或携带所述第一控制信息的物理信道或物理信号具有准共址QCL关系的第一参考信号的信息例如第一参考信号的索引或第一TCI信息。In some embodiments, the first beam information associated with the first control information may be beam information used to transmit the first control information, or beam information used to determine a transmission beam of the first control information. Alternatively, the first beam information associated with the first control information may be information of a first reference signal having a quasi-co-located QCL relationship with the first control information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the first control information For example, the index of the first reference signal or the first TCI information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一波束信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indication,TCI)指示信息和/或所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息。In some embodiments, the first beam information includes transmission configuration indication (Transmission Configuration Indication, TCI) indication information associated with the first control information and/or reference signal information associated with the first control information.

进一步,在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号索引。这里,参考信号索引例如是同步信号块(Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block,SSB)索引或信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)索引。Further, in some embodiments, the reference signal information associated with the first control information includes a reference signal index associated with the first control information. Here, the reference signal index is, for example, a synchronization signal block (Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block, SSB) index or a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS) index.

在一种情况下,如果网络设备配置第一波束信息集合,第一波束信息集合中包括多个波束信息,所述波束指示信息用于从第一波束信息集合中指示第一波束信息。在另一种情况下,如果网络设备配置第一波束信息集合,第一波束信息集合中包括一个波束信息,则第一设备使用配置的一个波束信息作为第一波束信息,这种情况下,所述波束指示信息不用于确定第一波束信息。In one case, if the network device configures the first beam information set, the first beam information set includes multiple beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate the first beam information from the first beam information set. In another case, if the network device configures the first beam information set, and the first beam information set includes one beam information, the first device uses the configured one beam information as the first beam information. In this case, all The beam indication information is not used to determine the first beam information.

(二)第二波束信息(2) Second beam information

在一些实施例中,所述物理信道关联的第二波束信息可以为用于传输物理信道的波束信息。例 如,可以根据所述物理信道关联的第二波束信息确定用于传输物理信道所使用的波束。或者,所述物理信道关联的第二波束信息可以为与所述物理信道具有QCL关系的第二参考信号的信息例如第二参考信号的索引或第二TCI信息。In some embodiments, the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be beam information for transmitting the physical channel. For example, the beam used for transmitting the physical channel may be determined according to the second beam information associated with the physical channel. Alternatively, the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be information of a second reference signal having a QCL relationship with the physical channel, such as an index of the second reference signal or second TCI information.

在一些实施例中,所述物理信道可以为所述第一设备的请求发送信息对应的物理信道。例如在所述请求发送信息和应答信息交互完成后传输的物理信道。In some embodiments, the physical channel may be a physical channel corresponding to the request of the first device to send information. For example, the physical channel transmitted after the exchange of the request-to-send information and the response information is completed.

在另一些实施例中,第二波束信息为用于传输物理信号的波束信息。所述物理信号可以为所述第一设备的请求发送信息对应的物理信号,例如在所述请求发送信息和应答信息交互完成后传输的物理信号。In other embodiments, the second beam information is beam information for transmitting physical signals. The physical signal may be a physical signal corresponding to the request to send information of the first device, for example, a physical signal transmitted after the interaction of the request to send information and the response information is completed.

在一些实施例中,所述第二波束信息包括所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一设备的请求发送信息关联的物理信道。例如,所述物理信道包括所述第一设备的请求发送信息指示请求传输的物理信道。In some embodiments, the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with transmission of the physical channel and/or reference signal information associated with transmission of the physical channel, wherein the physical channel includes The physical channel associated with the request to send information. For example, the physical channel includes the request-to-send information of the first device indicating a physical channel for which transmission is requested.

进一步,在一些实施例中,所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号信息包括所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号索引。这里,参考信号索引例如是SSB索引或CSI-RS索引。Further, in some embodiments, the reference signal information associated with the physical channel transmission includes a reference signal index associated with the physical channel transmission. Here, the reference signal index is, for example, an SSB index or a CSI-RS index.

进一步,在一些实施例中,对于第一设备是终端设备,第二设备是网络设备的情况,所述物理信道为物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH),这里,在一些实施例中,PDSCH包括调度的PDSCH和/或SPS PDSCH。所述物理信号可以包括CSI-RS或SRS。对于第一设备是第一终端设备,第二设备是第二终端设备的情况,所述物理信道为物理侧行共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH)。所述物理信号可以包括侧行链路上的参考信号。Further, in some embodiments, for the case where the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device, the physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), here, in some embodiments , PDSCH includes scheduled PDSCH and/or SPS PDSCH. The physical signal may include CSI-RS or SRS. For the case where the first device is the first terminal device and the second device is the second terminal device, the physical channel is a physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH). The physical signals may include reference signals on the sidelink.

在一种情况下,如果网络设备配置第二波束信息集合,第二波束信息集合中包括多个波束信息,所述波束指示信息用于从第二波束信息集合中指示第二波束信息。在另一种情况下,如果网络设备配置第二波束信息集合,第二波束信息集合中包括一个波束信息,则第一设备使用配置的一个波束信息作为第二波束信息,这种情况下,所述波束指示信息不用于确定第二波束信息。In one case, if the network device configures the second beam information set, the second beam information set includes multiple beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate the second beam information from the second beam information set. In another case, if the network device configures the second beam information set, and the second beam information set includes one beam information, the first device uses the configured one beam information as the second beam information. In this case, all The beam indication information is not used to determine the second beam information.

(三)第三波束信息(3) Third beam information

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息。In some embodiments, the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information.

进一步,在一些实施例中,所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号索引。这里,参考信号索引例如是探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)索引。Further, in some embodiments, the reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information. Here, the reference signal index is, for example, a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) index.

在一种情况下,如果网络设备配置第三波束信息集合,第三波束信息集合中包括多个波束信息,所述波束指示信息用于从第三波束信息集合中指示第三波束信息。在另一种情况下,如果网络设备配置第三波束信息集合,第三波束信息集合中包括一个波束信息,则第一设备使用配置的一个波束信息作为第三波束信息,这种情况下,所述波束指示信息不用于确定第三波束信息。In one case, if the network device configures a third beam information set, the third beam information set includes a plurality of beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate the third beam information from the third beam information set. In another case, if the network device configures a third beam information set, and the third beam information set includes one beam information, the first device uses the configured one beam information as the third beam information. In this case, all The beam indication information is not used to determine the third beam information.

本申请实施例中,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。这里,所述信道接入过程包括所述第一设备发送所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程。In this embodiment of the present application, the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to send the beam used for the reply message. Here, the channel access process includes a channel access process corresponding to the first device sending the response information.

需要说明的是,在信道接入过程中使用的波束,可以理解为,发送应答信息之前进行信道检测(做LBT)所使用的波束,对应的信道接入方式为定向信道接入方式(即定向LBT)。It should be noted that the beam used in the channel access process can be understood as the beam used for channel detection (LBT) before sending the response information, and the corresponding channel access mode is the directional channel access mode (that is, the directional channel access mode). LBT).

(四)在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息。(4) In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes second indication information and/or third indication information.

上述方案中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。或者,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第二波束信息关联。In the above solution, the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. Alternatively, the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information, or the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the second beam information .

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息或第二波束信息关联,或者,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第三波束信息关联。在一些实施例中,当所述第二指示信息指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息或第二波束信息关联时,所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息关联还是与所述第二波束信息关联是根据高层参数确定的。In some embodiments of the present application, the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information or the second beam information, or the second indication information is used for The channel access process corresponding to the indicated response information is associated with the third beam information. In some embodiments, when the second indication information indicates that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information or the second beam information, the channel access process corresponding to the response information is the same as the channel access process corresponding to the response information. Whether the first beam information is associated or is associated with the second beam information is determined according to a higher layer parameter.

例如,第二指示信息通过1比特表示,该1比特的取值为第一值,表示第二指示信息用于指示第三波束信息与第一波束信息关联;该1比特的取值为第二值,表示第二指示信息用于指示第三波束信息与第二波束信息关联。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the second indication information is represented by 1 bit, and the value of the 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information; the value of the 1 bit is the second The value indicates that the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

需要说明的是,所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,可以理解为,第三波束信息与第一波束信息对应,通过所述第一波束信息可以确定出所述第三波束信息。同理,所述第三波束信息 与所述第二波束信息关联,可以理解为,第三波束信息与第二波束信息对应,通过所述第二波束信息可以确定出所述第三波束信息。It should be noted that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, and it can be understood that the third beam information corresponds to the first beam information, and the third beam information can be determined through the first beam information information. Similarly, the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. It can be understood that the third beam information corresponds to the second beam information, and the third beam information can be determined through the second beam information.

在一些实施例中,第一设备根据第一波束信息、第二波束信息、第三波束信息和第二指示信息中的至少一种,完成所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程。例如,若所述第二指示信息指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,那么所述第一设备根据所述第一波束信息确定在应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束;或者,若所述第二指示信息指示所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联,那么所述第一设备根据所述第二波束信息确定在应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。In some embodiments, the first device completes the channel access process corresponding to the response information according to at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, the third beam information, and the second indication information. For example, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, the first device determines, according to the first beam information, to use in the channel access process corresponding to the response information or, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information, the first device determines, according to the second beam information, to access the channel corresponding to the response information beam used in the process.

在一些实施例中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;以及,所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息。In some embodiments, the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: the first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information; the second beam information The information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information; and the third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information.

在一些实施例中,波束信息可以被替换为参考信号信息或参考信号索引或TCI信息。In some embodiments, beam information may be replaced with reference signal information or reference signal index or TCI information.

例如,第三指示信息通过1比特表示,该1比特的取值为第一值,表示第三指示信息用于指示第一波束信息、第二波束信息和第三波束信息中的至少之一是第一设备专用的波束信息;该1比特的取值为第二值,表示第三指示信息用于指示第一波束信息、第二波束信息和第三波束信息中的至少之一是公共的波束信息。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the third indication information is represented by 1 bit, and the value of the 1 bit is the first value, indicating that the third indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, and the third beam information is Beam information dedicated to the first device; the 1-bit value is the second value, indicating that the third indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, and the third beam information is a common beam information. Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

在一些实施例中,TCI指示信息可以用于指示下行信号或下行信道对应的准共址(Quasi-co-located,QCL)参考信号,从而接收端可以基于该QCL参考信号进行下行信号或下行信道的接收。In some embodiments, the TCI indication information may be used to indicate a quasi-co-located (Quasi-co-located, QCL) reference signal corresponding to a downlink signal or a downlink channel, so that the receiving end can perform a downlink signal or downlink channel based on the QCL reference signal. reception.

在一些实施例中,TCI指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the TCI indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:

TCI状态ID,用于标识一个TCI状态;TCI state ID, used to identify a TCI state;

QCL信息1;QCL info 1;

QCL信息2。QCL information 2.

其中,一个QCL信息又包含如下信息:Among them, a QCL information also includes the following information:

QCL类型(type)配置,可以是QCL type A,QCL type B,QCL type C,QCL type D中的一个;QCL type (type) configuration, which can be one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, and QCL type D;

QCL参考信号配置,包括参考信号所在的小区ID,BWP ID以及参考信号的标识(可以是CSI-RS资源ID或SSB索引)。The QCL reference signal configuration includes the ID of the cell where the reference signal is located, the BWP ID, and the identifier of the reference signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or an SSB index).

其中,QCL信息1和QCL信息2中的至少一个QCL信息的QCL类型必须为typeA,typeB,typeC中的一个,另一个QCL信息(如果配置)的QCL类型必须为QCL type D。The QCL type of at least one of QCL information 1 and QCL information 2 must be one of typeA, typeB, and typeC, and the QCL type of the other QCL information (if configured) must be QCL type D.

其中,不同QCL类型配置的定义如下:Among them, the definitions of different QCL type configurations are as follows:

'QCL-TypeA':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread),平均时延(average delay),延时扩展(delay spread)};'QCL-TypeA': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread};

'QCL-TypeB':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread)};'QCL-TypeB': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread};

'QCL-TypeC':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),平均时延(average delay)};'QCL-TypeC': {Doppler shift, average delay};

'QCL-TypeD':{空间接收参数(Spatial Rx parameter)}。'QCL-TypeD': {Spatial Rx parameter}.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息。● The request to send information of the first device includes response resource indication information.

所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;时域位置信息,所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。The response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: resource information, the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information; time domain location information, the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain position of the response resource; downlink allocation indication information, the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and power control information, the power control information is used to determine the transmission The transmit power of the response information.

(一)在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)资源。(1) In some embodiments, the response resources include physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) resources.

所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息(例如PUCCH resource indicator)。这里,PUCCH资源指示信息用于指示PUCCH资源,其中,该PUCCH资源用于传输应答信息。The resource information includes PUCCH resource indicator information (eg, PUCCH resource indicator). Here, the PUCCH resource indication information is used to indicate a PUCCH resource, where the PUCCH resource is used to transmit response information.

所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)反馈时序指示信息(例如PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator)。这里,HARQ反馈时序指示信息用于动态指示HARQ反馈资源的时域位置,例如HARQ反馈资源的时隙,通常用K1表示。The time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest, HARQ) feedback timing indication information (for example, PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator). Here, the HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to dynamically indicate the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource, for example, the time slot of the HARQ feedback resource, which is usually represented by K1.

在一些实施例中,HARQ反馈时序指示信息用于指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的取值。其中,HARQ反馈时序集合可以是预设的或网络设备配置的,HARQ反馈时序集合中包括至少一个K1值。In some embodiments, the HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to indicate the values in the HARQ feedback timing set. The HARQ feedback timing set may be preset or configured by the network device, and the HARQ feedback timing set includes at least one K1 value.

在一种情况下,如果HARQ反馈时序集合中只包括一个K1值,则所述第一设备的请求发送信 息中可以不包括HARQ反馈时序指示信息,HARQ反馈资源的时域位置根据该HARQ反馈时序集合中的该K1值确定。In one case, if only one K1 value is included in the HARQ feedback timing set, the HARQ feedback timing indication information may not be included in the request-to-send information of the first device, and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource is based on the HARQ feedback timing. This K1 value in the set is determined.

在另一种情况下,如果HARQ反馈时序集合中包括多个K1值,多个K1值可以是预设的或网络设备配置的,假设多个K1值为{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}。HARQ反馈时序指示信息通过3比特表示,该3比特的8种取值与8个K1值一一对应,通过3比特的一种取值来指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的一个K1值,HARQ反馈资源的时域位置根据该K1值确定。例如:3比特的取值为000时,表示K1=1;3比特的取值为001时,表示K1=2,等等。In another case, if the HARQ feedback timing set includes multiple K1 values, the multiple K1 values may be preset or configured by the network device, assuming that the multiple K1 values are {1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ,6,7,8}. The HARQ feedback timing indication information is represented by 3 bits, and the 8 values of the 3 bits correspond to the 8 K1 values one-to-one, and a value of 3 bits is used to indicate a K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set. The time domain position of is determined according to the K1 value. For example, when the value of 3 bits is 000, it indicates that K1=1; when the value of 3 bits is 001, it indicates that K1=2, and so on.

在另一种情况下,如果HARQ反馈时序集合中包括多个K1值,多个K1值可以是预设的或网络设备配置的,假设HARQ反馈时序集合中包括4个K1值,HARQ反馈时序指示信息通过2比特表示,该2比特的4种取值与4个K1值一一对应,通过2比特的一种取值来指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的一个K1值,HARQ反馈资源的时域位置根据该K1值确定。例如:2比特的取值为00时,指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第一个K1值。例如:2比特的取值为01时,指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第二个K1值,以此类推。In another case, if the HARQ feedback timing set includes multiple K1 values, the multiple K1 values may be preset or configured by the network device. Assuming that the HARQ feedback timing set includes 4 K1 values, the HARQ feedback timing indicates The information is represented by 2 bits, the 4 values of the 2 bits correspond to the 4 K1 values one-to-one, and a value of 2 bits is used to indicate a K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set, the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource Determined according to the K1 value. For example, when the value of 2 bits is 00, it indicates the first K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set. For example, when the value of 2 bits is 01, it indicates the second K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set, and so on.

(二)在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)资源。(2) In some embodiments, the response resources include physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resources.

所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息。这里,在一些实施例中,PRACH资源指示信息包括随机接入前导序列索引。The resource information includes PRACH resource indication information. Here, in some embodiments, the PRACH resource indication information includes a random access preamble sequence index.

所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会。The time domain location information includes a random access channel transmission opportunity corresponding to the PRACH resource.

(三)在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括SRS资源。(3) In some embodiments, the response resources include SRS resources.

所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。例如,SRS资源的时域位置信息、和/或频域位置信息、和/或SRS索引信息。其中,SRS资源的时域位置信息包括SRS在对应时隙中包括的符号个数。The resource information includes SRS resource indication information. For example, time domain location information, and/or frequency domain location information, and/or SRS index information of the SRS resource. The time domain location information of the SRS resource includes the number of symbols included in the corresponding time slot of the SRS.

所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。这里,在一些实施例中,所述时间单元可以是时隙、符号等。The time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resource. Here, in some embodiments, the time unit may be a slot, a symbol, or the like.

(四)在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理侧行反馈信道(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel,PSFCH)。(4) In some embodiments, the response resource includes a Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel (PSFCH).

所述资源信息包括PSFCH资源指示信息,例如,PSFCH资源的时域位置信息和/或频域位置信息。The resource information includes PSFCH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information and/or frequency domain location information of the PSFCH resource.

所述时域位置信息包括HARQ反馈时序指示信息。The time-domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括信道接入指示信息。● The request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information.

所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀(cyclic prefix extension,CPE)长度。The channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: a channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and an extended cyclic prefix (CPE) length corresponding to the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的CPE长度为所述应答信息的第一个符号的延长CP的长度。In some embodiments, the CPE length corresponding to the response information is the length of the extended CP of the first symbol of the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式。In some embodiments, the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots.

在一些实施例中,所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。In some embodiments, the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入可以包括对应定向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入或对应全向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the first type of channel access may include a first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.

在一些实施例中,所述第二类型的信道接入可以包括对应定向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入或对应全向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the second type of channel access may include a second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a second type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.

也就是说,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式可以为以下中的一种:That is to say, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information may be one of the following:

不做信道检测的信道接入、对应定向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入、对应定向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入,对应全向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入、对应全向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入。Channel access without channel detection, the first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection, the corresponding A second type of channel access for omnidirectional channel detection.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息;或者,所述信道接入指示信息用于指示联合编码的所述信道接入方式和所述CPE长度。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE; or, the channel access indication information uses is used to indicate the channel access mode and the CPE length of the joint coding.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入方式和所述CPE长度可以通过不同的信息指示,或者也可以通 过同一信息指示。In some embodiments, the channel access mode and the CPE length may be indicated by different information, or may be indicated by the same information.

例如,所述信道接入指示信息用于指示第一信道接入指示信息,所述第一信道接入指示信息对应第一配置集合中一组配置,所述第一配置集合中的每组配置包括信道接入方式和/或延长循环前缀CPE长度。For example, the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information, the first channel access indication information corresponds to a group of configurations in the first configuration set, and each group of configurations in the first configuration set Including channel access mode and/or extending cyclic prefix CPE length.

在一些实施例中,第一配置集合中包括一组配置,该一组配置用于指示信道接入方式为不做信道检测的信道接入和/或CPE长度为0。In some embodiments, the first configuration set includes a set of configurations, and the set of configurations is used to indicate that the channel access mode is channel access without channel detection and/or the CPE length is 0.

又例如,所述信道接入指示信息用于指示第一信道接入指示信息和第二信道接入指示信息,所述第一信道接入指示信息用于指示至少一个信道接入方式中的一种,所述第二信道接入指示信息用于指示至少一种CPE长度中的一种。For another example, the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information and the second channel access indication information, and the first channel access indication information is used to indicate one of the at least one channel access mode. The second channel access indication information is used to indicate one of at least one CPE length.

在一些实施例中,信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型包括对应全向信道检测或对应定向信道检测。在一些实施例中,信道检测波束类型可以是全向或定向。在定向情况下,信道检测波束方向可以是具体关联的波束方向或参考信号索引或传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator,TCI)信息。In some embodiments, the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode includes corresponding omnidirectional channel detection or corresponding directional channel detection. In some embodiments, the channel detection beam type may be omnidirectional or directional. In the case of orientation, the channel detection beam direction may be a specific associated beam direction or reference signal index or transmission configuration indicator (Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI) information.

在一些实施例中,根据所述信道接入指示信息确定的信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预设的;和/或,该信道检测波束方向(即信道接入过程中使用的波束)基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预设的。In some embodiments, the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is determined based on high-level parameters configured by the network device or indicated by the channel access indication information or preset; And/or, the channel detection beam direction (that is, the beam used in the channel access process) is determined based on high-layer parameters configured by the network device, or is indicated by the channel access indication information, or is preset.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息对应的物理信道包括第一PDSCH,根据所述信道接入指示信息确定的信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, the physical channel corresponding to the request to send information of the first device includes the first PDSCH, and the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is further used to transmit the HARQ corresponding to the first PDSCH -ACK information.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息对应的物理信道包括第一PUSCH,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PUSCH。In other embodiments, the physical channel corresponding to the request to send information of the first device includes the first PUSCH, and the channel access mode is further used to transmit the first PUSCH.

在一些实施例中,如果所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息对应的信道接入方式为对应定向信道检测的信道接入,那么所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束与所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束相同;或者,所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束根据所述波束指示信息确定。In some embodiments, if the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, then the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH The beam used in the access process is the same as the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the acknowledgment information; or, the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is based on the beam. The instructions are OK.

在另一些实施例中,如果所述第一PUSCH对应的信道接入方式为对应定向信道检测的信道接入,那么所述第一PUSCH对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束与所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束相同;或者,所述第一PUSCH对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束根据所述波束指示信息确定。In other embodiments, if the channel access mode corresponding to the first PUSCH is channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH and the response information The beams used in the corresponding channel access process are the same; or, the beams used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH are determined according to the beam indication information.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括COT的长度信息和/或COT的结束位置信息。● The request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information.

(一)在一些实施例中,所述COT的长度信息指所述第二设备从发送所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数或指所述第一设备从接收所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数。(1) In some embodiments, the length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the first device The number of time units included in the COT starting from the time unit in which the first control information is received.

上述方案中,在一些实施例中,COT的长度信息可以指COT内剩余的时间单元的个数,这里,剩余的时间单元是指未被占用的时间单元。In the above solution, in some embodiments, the length information of the COT may refer to the number of remaining time units in the COT, where the remaining time units refer to unoccupied time units.

(二)在一些实施例中,所述COT的结束位置信息指所述COT的结束位置对应的时间单元。(2) In some embodiments, the end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT.

上述方案中,所述时间单元可以为子帧、或时隙、或子时隙(sub-slot)、或符号(symbol)等。In the above solution, the time unit may be a subframe, or a time slot, or a sub-slot, or a symbol, or the like.

例如,COT的长度信息通过时隙个数或符号个数来表示。For example, the length information of the COT is represented by the number of time slots or the number of symbols.

例如,COT的结束位置信息通过COT占据的最后一个时隙或符号的编号来表示。For example, the end position information of the COT is represented by the number of the last time slot or symbol occupied by the COT.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括频域资源集合指示信息。● The request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information.

所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系;和/或,所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定至少一个频域资源集合是否可用于传输。The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine the association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or the frequency domain resource set indication The information is used to determine whether at least one set of frequency domain resources is available for transmission.

这里,第一设备对应至少一个频域资源集合,例如:第一设备的P个小区对应P个频域资源集合,其中每个小区与一个频域资源集合一一对应,或者第一设备的第一小区对应P个频域资源集合,或者第一设备的第一小区上的第一BWP对应P个频域资源集合,P为正整数。在一些情况下,第二设备可以对该P个频域资源集合进行信道检测,并通过信道检测成功的频域资源集合进行传输。也就是说,第二设备实际用于信号传输的频域资源集合是根据信道检测结果来确定的,因此,第二设备可以向第一设备指示P个频域资源集合是否可以用于下行接收或者侧行接收或者上行传输。Here, the first device corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource set, for example: P cells of the first device correspond to P frequency domain resource sets, where each cell corresponds to one frequency domain resource set, or the first device's first A cell corresponds to P frequency domain resource sets, or the first BWP on the first cell of the first device corresponds to P frequency domain resource sets, where P is a positive integer. In some cases, the second device may perform channel detection on the P frequency domain resource sets, and transmit the frequency domain resource sets with successful channel detection. That is to say, the frequency domain resource set actually used by the second device for signal transmission is determined according to the channel detection result. Therefore, the second device can indicate to the first device whether the P frequency domain resource sets can be used for downlink reception or Sideline reception or upstream transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述频域资源集合指示信息通过P比特来表示,所述P比特中的每个比特对应一个频域资源集合,P比特与P个频域资源集合一一对应。其中,每个比特的取值用于指示该比 特对应的频域资源集合是否可用于传输,和/或,用于指示是否在该比特对应的频域资源集合上请求传输。In some embodiments, the frequency domain resource set indication information is represented by P bits, each of the P bits corresponds to a frequency domain resource set, and the P bits correspond to P frequency domain resource sets one-to-one. The value of each bit is used to indicate whether the frequency domain resource set corresponding to the bit is available for transmission, and/or, used to indicate whether to request transmission on the frequency domain resource set corresponding to the bit.

在一些实施例中,所述频域资源集合指示信息中与第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。In some embodiments, the bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, the The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, the frequency domain resource The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, the frequency domain resource set indication information is the same as the The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; wherein, the first device corresponds to the first group, and the first device corresponds to the first group. A group is a device group.

例如:所述频域资源集合指示信息包括3比特来表示,3比特与3个频域资源集合一一对应。以3比特中的其中一个比特为例,该比特与第一频域资源集合对应。在一种情况下,该比特的取值为第一值,用于向第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输,该比特的取值为第二值,用于向第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输。在另一种情况下,该比特的取值为第一值,用于向第一设备所在的设备组(即第一组)指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输,该比特的取值为第二值,用于向第一设备所在的设备组(即第一组)指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the frequency domain resource set indication information includes 3 bits to represent, and the 3 bits are in one-to-one correspondence with the three frequency domain resource sets. Taking one of the 3 bits as an example, the bit corresponds to the first frequency domain resource set. In one case, the value of this bit is a first value, which is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set, and the value of this bit is a second value, which is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set. A device indicates that no transmission is requested on the first set of frequency domain resources. In another case, the value of the bit is the first value, and is used to indicate to the device group (ie the first group) where the first device is located to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set, and the value of the bit is The value is the second value, and is used to indicate to the device group (ie the first group) where the first device is located that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set. Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

需要说明的是,上述方案中设备组包括至少一个设备,第一设备属于所述设备组。It should be noted that, in the above solution, the device group includes at least one device, and the first device belongs to the device group.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括时隙格式指示信息(Slot Format Indicator,SFI)。● The request to send information of the first device includes slot format indication information (Slot Format Indicator, SFI).

所述时隙格式指示信息用于指示时隙格式,所述时隙格式用于确定一个时隙包括的多个符号中的每个符号的符号类型。这里,符号类型可以是下行(Downlink)符号或灵活(Flexible)符号或上行(Uplink)符号。The time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format is used to determine a symbol type of each symbol in a plurality of symbols included in a time slot. Here, the symbol type may be a downlink (Downlink) symbol, a flexible (Flexible) symbol, or an uplink (Uplink) symbol.

●所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括控制信道监测集合组指示信息。● The request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information.

所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息用于所述第一设备确定待监测的控制信道集合组。The control channel monitoring set group indication information is used by the first device to determine a control channel set group to be monitored.

例如,所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息通过1比特表示,若该1比特的取值为第一值,则所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息用于指示第一设备监测控制信道监测集合组0;若该1比特的取值为第二值,则所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息用于指示第一设备监测控制信道监测集合组1。这里,第一值例如是1,第二值例如是0;或者,第一值例如是0,第二值例如是1。For example, the control channel monitoring set group indication information is represented by 1 bit. If the value of the 1 bit is the first value, the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used to instruct the first device to monitor the control channel monitoring set group. 0; if the value of the 1 bit is the second value, the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used to instruct the first device to monitor the control channel monitoring set group 1. Here, the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0; or, the first value is, for example, 0, and the second value is, for example, 1.

本申请实施例中,第一设备根据第一控制信息确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息后,根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息确定所述第二设备是否请求传输;In this embodiment of the present application, after the first device determines the request-to-send information of the first device according to the first control information, it determines whether the second device requests transmission according to the request-to-send information of the first device;

1)在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息;或者,1) When the second device requests transmission, the first device determines to send the first response information to the second device; or,

2)在所述第二设备未请求传输的情况下,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息;或者,2) In the case that the second device does not request transmission, the first device determines to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information; or,

3)在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,若所述第一设备确定允许传输,则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息;或者,3) In the case that the second device requests transmission, if the first device determines that the transmission is allowed, the first device determines to send the first response information to the second device; or,

4)在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,若所述第一设备确定不允许传输,则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息。4) In the case that the second device requests transmission, if the first device determines that the transmission is not allowed, the first device determines to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information .

上述方案中,所述第一应答信息表示允许传输,所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。在一些实施例中,所述第一应答信息为肯定确认(Acknowledgement,ACK)信息,所述第二应答信息为否定确认(Negative Acknowledgement,NACK)信息。In the above solution, the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed. In some embodiments, the first acknowledgement information is positive acknowledgement (Acknowledgement, ACK) information, and the second acknowledgement information is negative acknowledgement (Negative Acknowledgement, NACK) information.

在一些实施例中,在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息(可以是第一应答信息或者第二应答信息)的情况下,在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下,所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下,所述第一设备不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。In some embodiments, when the first device determines to send the response information (which may be the first response information or the second response information) to the second device, connect the channel corresponding to the response information If the access is successful, the first device sends the response information to the second device; if the channel access corresponding to the response information fails, the first device does not send the second device Send the response information.

对于第二设备来说,若第二设备接收到了第一应答信息,则确定可以向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。若第二设备接收到了第二应答信息或者未接收到任何应答信息,则可以确定不向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。For the second device, if the second device receives the first response information, it is determined that wireless communication can be performed to the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission. If the second device receives the second response information or does not receive any response information, it may be determined not to perform wireless communication with the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission.

在一些实施例中,对于第二设备向第一设备的传输需要进行信道检测的情况,第二设备在进行传输之前,需要进行信道检测,如果信道检测成功,则可以向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。In some embodiments, in the case where channel detection is required for transmission from the second device to the first device, the second device needs to perform channel detection before transmission, and if the channel detection is successful, it can perform wireless communication with the first device For example, downlink transmission or sideline transmission is performed.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息时对应的信道接入方式基于高层配置 参数确定和/或是预定义的。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to when the second device sends the first control information to the first device is determined and/or predefined based on high-layer configuration parameters.

本申请实施例的技术方案,设计了第一控制信息的格式,可用于接收侧辅助的信道接入方式对应的信道接入过程中的信息交互。本申请中的第一控制信息可以通过公共的控制信道发送,该第一控制信息中可以包括多个设备的请求发送信息,第一设备从该第一控制信息中获取到该第一设备对应的请求发送信息后,可以根据该请求发送信息确定第二设备是否请求传输、应答信息的资源信息、应答信息对应的波束信息等相关信息,从而完成和第二设备之间的信息交互。In the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the format of the first control information is designed, which can be used for information exchange in the channel access process corresponding to the channel access mode assisted by the receiving side. The first control information in this application may be sent through a common control channel, and the first control information may include request sending information of multiple devices, and the first device obtains the corresponding information of the first device from the first control information. After the information is requested to be sent, it can be determined whether the second device requests transmission, resource information of the response information, beam information corresponding to the response information and other related information according to the requested transmission information, so as to complete the information exchange with the second device.

以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the specific details of the above-mentioned embodiments. Within the scope of the technical concept of the present application, various simple modifications can be made to the technical solutions of the present application. These simple modifications all belong to the protection scope of the present application. For example, the specific technical features described in the above-mentioned specific embodiments can be combined in any suitable manner unless they are inconsistent. In order to avoid unnecessary repetition, this application does not describe any possible combination. State otherwise. For another example, the various embodiments of the present application can also be combined arbitrarily, as long as they do not violate the idea of the present application, they should also be regarded as the content disclosed in the present application. For another example, under the premise of no conflict, the various embodiments described in this application and/or the technical features in each embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the prior art, and the technical solutions obtained after the combination should also fall within the scope of this application. protected range.

还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向,其中,“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向,“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向,“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如,“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外,本申请实施例中,术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。具体地,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that, in the various method embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the present application. The implementation of the embodiments constitutes no limitation. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terms "downlink", "uplink" and "side row" are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, wherein "downlink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the transmission direction from the station The first direction to the user equipment of the cell, "uplink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction sent from the user equipment of the cell to the site, and "sideline" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is The third direction sent from user equipment 1 to user equipment 2. For example, "downlink signal" indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction. In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, the term "and/or" is only an association relationship for describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.

图5是本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置的结构组成示意图一,应用于第一设备,如图5所示,所述无线通信的装置包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a first device. As shown in FIG. 5 , the wireless communication apparatus includes:

接收单元501,用于接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括所述第一设备;a receiving unit 501, configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;

确定单元502,用于根据所述第一控制信息,确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息;根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The determining unit 502 is configured to determine, according to the first control information, the request-to-send information of the first device; and to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the request-to-send information of the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于确定以下至少一个信息:In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following information:

第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息、COT的长度信息、COT的结束位置信息、频域资源集合指示信息、时隙格式指示信息、控制信道监测集合组指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否请求传输。First indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT end position information, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括与至少一个小区或至少一个BWP或至少一个频域资源集合关联的请求发送信息。In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息中的第一请求发送信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the first request to send information in the request to send information of the first device is associated with a first cell or a first BWP or a first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first cell is the first In a cell corresponding to a device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于以下方式之一确定:In some embodiments, the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following methods:

基于高层配置参数确定;Determined based on high-level configuration parameters;

预定义;Predefined;

基于所述第一小区对应的频谱属性确定;以及,Determined based on a spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell; and,

基于所述第一小区对应的信道接入机制确定。It is determined based on the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。In some embodiments, the location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information is The location in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。In some embodiments, the number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information The corresponding number of bits in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是预定义的;或者,所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是基于高层配置参数确定的。In some embodiments, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is predefined; or, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter .

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,In some embodiments, the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。The position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the The location in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的,包括:In some embodiments, the position of a part of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the first control information. The locations in the control information are predefined and include:

所述至少两个信息中的第一信息在所述第一控制信息中的起始位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中除所述第一信息以外的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是根据所述起始位置和预定义规则确定的,所述预定义规则包括所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则。The starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information is in the The position in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, where the predefined rule includes an ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则为:所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中连续排序。In some embodiments, the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is: the at least two pieces of information are consecutively ordered in the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,In some embodiments, the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information The number of bits corresponding to the information in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示不请求传输;the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested;

其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组或小区组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group or a cell group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, and the first indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources;

其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,

所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中为专用信息域;或者,The first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的至少一个信息对应的第一信息状态来表征,所述第一信息状态用于确定不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特对应的第二信息状态来表征,所述第二信息状态用于确定不请求传输。The first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括波束指示信息,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一设备的请求发送信息关联的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the request to send information of the first device associated physical channel.

在一些实施例中,所述第一波束信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the first beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the first control information and/or a reference signal index associated with the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二波束信息包括所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission and/or a reference signal index associated with the physical channel transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the third beam information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。In some embodiments, the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to transmit the beam used for the reply message.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:

所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;The first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information;

所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;以及,the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; and,

所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息。The third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the request sending information of the first device includes response resource indication information, where the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information;

时域位置信息,所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;time domain location information, the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource;

下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,downlink allocation indication information, where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and,

功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback timing indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会;或者,The response resources include PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or,

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括信道接入指示信息,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,the channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and,

所述应答信息对应的CPE长度。The CPE length corresponding to the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,In some embodiments, the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,

所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括COT的长度信息和/或COT的结束位置信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information, wherein,

所述COT的长度信息指所述第二设备从发送所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数或指所述第一设备从接收所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数;和/或,The length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the number of time units that the first device includes from receiving the first control information. The number of time units included in the COT starting from the time unit; and/or,

所述COT的结束位置信息指所述COT的结束位置对应的时间单元。The end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT.

在一些实施例中,述第一设备的请求发送信息包括频域资源集合指示信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information, wherein,

所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系;和/或,The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定至少一个频域资源集合是否可用于传输。The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine whether at least one frequency domain resource set is available for transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系,包括:In some embodiments, the frequency-domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request-to-send information of the first device and at least one frequency-domain resource set of the first device, including:

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set;

其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括时隙格式指示信息,所述时隙格式指示信息用于指示时隙格式,所述时隙格式用于确定一个时隙包括的多个符号中的每个符号的符号类型。In some embodiments, the request-to-send information of the first device includes time slot format indication information, where the time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format is used to determine how many times a time slot includes The symbol type for each of the symbols.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括控制信道监测集合组指示信息,所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息用于所述第一设备确定待监测的控制信道集合组。In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information, and the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used by the first device to determine a control channel set group to be monitored.

在一些实施例中,所述确定单元502,用于根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定所述第二设备是否请求传输;在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息;或者,在所述第二设备未请求传输的情况下,确定向所述第二设备发送第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息;或者,在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,若确定允许传输,则确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息;或者,在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,若确定不允许传输,则确定向所述第二设备发送所述第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息;In some embodiments, the determining unit 502 is configured to send information according to the request of the first device, to determine whether the second device requests transmission; The second device sends the first response information; or, in the case that the second device does not request transmission, it is determined to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information; or, in the second device In the case of the device requesting transmission, if it is determined that transmission is allowed, it is determined to send the first response information to the second device; or, in the case of the second device requesting transmission, if it is determined that transmission is not allowed, it is determined to send the the second device sends the second response information or does not send the response information;

其中,所述第一应答信息表示允许传输,所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。The first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.

在一些实施例中,所述第一应答信息为ACK信息,所述第二应答信息为NACK信息。In some embodiments, the first acknowledgement information is ACK information, and the second acknowledgement information is NACK information.

在一些实施例中,所述装置还包括:发送单元503,用于在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下,向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;或者,在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下,不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。In some embodiments, the apparatus further includes: a sending unit 503, configured to send the response information to the second device when the channel corresponding to the response information is successfully accessed; or, in the If the channel access corresponding to the response information fails, the response information is not sent to the second device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为公共的控制信息。In some embodiments, the first control information is public control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息,所述第一设备为终端设备,所述第二设备为网络设备。In some embodiments, the first control information is downlink control information, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为侧行控制信息,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备为第二终端设备。In some embodiments, the first control information is sideline control information, the first device is a first terminal device, and the second device is a second terminal device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式,其中,In some embodiments, the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein,

所述第一控制信息格式对应的第一RNTI为公共的RNTI;和/或,The first RNTI corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI; and/or,

所述第一控制信息通过组公共控制信道传输。The first control information is transmitted through the group common control channel.

本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述无线通信的装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的无线通信的方法的相关描述进行理解。It should be understood by those skilled in the art that the relevant description of the above-mentioned wireless communication apparatus in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to the relevant description of the wireless communication method in the embodiment of the present application.

图6是本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置的结构组成示意图二,应用于第二设备,如图6所示,所述无线通信的装置包括:FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a second device. As shown in FIG. 6 , the wireless communication apparatus includes:

发送单元601,用于发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括第一设备;a sending unit 601, configured to send first control information, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device;

其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于所述第一设备确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The request to send information of the first device is used for the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于确定以下至少一个信息:In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following information:

第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息、COT的长度信息、COT的结束位置信息、频域资源集合指示信息、时隙格式指示信息、控制信道监测集合组指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否请求传输。First indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT end position information, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括与至少一个小区或至少一个BWP或至少一个频域资源集合关联的请求发送信息。In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息中的第一请求发送信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the first request to send information in the request to send information of the first device is associated with a first cell or a first BWP or a first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first cell is the first In a cell corresponding to a device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于以下方式之一确定:In some embodiments, the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following methods:

基于高层配置参数确定;Determined based on high-level configuration parameters;

预定义;Predefined;

基于所述第一小区对应的频谱属性确定;以及,Determined based on a spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell; and,

基于所述第一小区对应的信道接入机制确定。It is determined based on the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。In some embodiments, the location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information is The location in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。In some embodiments, the number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, the information included in the first request-to-send information The corresponding number of bits in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是预定义的;或者,所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是基于高层配置参数确定的。In some embodiments, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is predefined; or, the first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter .

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,In some embodiments, the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。The position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the The location in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的,包括:In some embodiments, the position of a part of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the first control information. The locations in the control information are predefined and include:

所述至少两个信息中的第一信息在所述第一控制信息中的起始位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中除所述第一信息以外的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是根据所述起始位置和预定义规则确定的,所述预定义规则包括所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则。The starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information is in the The position in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, where the predefined rule includes an ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则为:所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中连续排序。In some embodiments, the ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is: the at least two pieces of information are consecutively ordered in the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,In some embodiments, the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or,

所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information The number of bits corresponding to the information in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示不请求传输;the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested;

其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组或小区组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group or a cell group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, and the first indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources;

其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein,

所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中为专用信息域;或者,The first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的至少一个信息对应的第一信息状态来表征,所述第一信息状态用于确定不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特对应的第二信息状态来表征,所述第二信息状态用于确定不请求传输。The first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括波束指示信息,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一设备的请求发送信息关联的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the request to send information of the first device associated physical channel.

在一些实施例中,所述第一波束信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the first beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the first control information and/or a reference signal index associated with the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二波束信息包括所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission and/or a reference signal index associated with the physical channel transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the third beam information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。In some embodiments, the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to transmit the beam used for the reply message.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:

所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;The first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information;

所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;以及,the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; and,

所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息。The third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the request sending information of the first device includes response resource indication information, where the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information;

时域位置信息,所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;time domain location information, the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource;

下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,downlink allocation indication information, where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and,

功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback timing indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会;或者,The response resources include PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or,

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括信道接入指示信息,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,the channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and,

所述应答信息对应的CPE长度。The CPE length corresponding to the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,In some embodiments, the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,

所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括COT的长度信息和/或COT的结束位置信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information, wherein,

所述COT的长度信息指所述第二设备从发送所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数或指所述第一设备从接收所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数;和/或,The length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the number of time units that the first device includes from receiving the first control information. The number of time units included in the COT starting from the time unit; and/or,

所述COT的结束位置信息指所述COT的结束位置对应的时间单元。The end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括频域资源集合指示信息,其中,In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information, wherein,

所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系;和/或,The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定至少一个频域资源集合是否可用于传输。The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine whether at least one frequency domain resource set is available for transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系,包括:In some embodiments, the frequency-domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request-to-send information of the first device and at least one frequency-domain resource set of the first device, including:

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or,

所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set;

其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括时隙格式指示信息,所述时隙格式指示信息用于指示时隙格式,所述时隙格式用于确定一个时隙包括的多个符号中的每个符号的符号类型。In some embodiments, the request-to-send information of the first device includes time slot format indication information, where the time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format is used to determine how many times a time slot includes The symbol type for each of the symbols.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括控制信道监测集合组指示信息,所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息用于所述第一设备确定待监测的控制信道集合组。In some embodiments, the request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information, and the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used by the first device to determine a control channel set group to be monitored.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为公共的控制信息。In some embodiments, the first control information is public control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息,所述第一设备为终端设备,所述第二设备为网络设备。In some embodiments, the first control information is downlink control information, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为侧行控制信息,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备为第二终端设备。In some embodiments, the first control information is sideline control information, the first device is a first terminal device, and the second device is a second terminal device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式,其中,In some embodiments, the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein,

所述第一控制信息格式对应的第一RNTI为公共的RNTI;和/或,The first RNTI corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI; and/or,

所述第一控制信息通过组公共控制信道传输。The first control information is transmitted through the group common control channel.

本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述无线通信的装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的无线通信的方法的相关描述进行理解。It should be understood by those skilled in the art that the relevant description of the above-mentioned wireless communication apparatus in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to the relevant description of the wireless communication method in the embodiment of the present application.

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备700示意性结构图。该通信设备可以第一设备,也可以是第二设备,其中,第一设备可以是终端设备,第二设备可以是网络设备,或者,第一设备可以是第一终端设备,第二设备可以是第二终端设备。图7所示的通信设备700包括处理器710,处理器710可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be a first device or a second device, where the first device may be a terminal device and the second device may be a network device, or the first device may be a first terminal device and the second device may be a second terminal equipment. The communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,如图7所示,通信设备700还可以包括存储器720。其中,处理器710可以从存储器720中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , the communication device 700 may also include a memory 720 . The processor 710 may call and run a computer program from the memory 720 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.

其中,存储器720可以是独立于处理器710的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器710中。The memory 720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .

在一些实施例中,如图7所示,通信设备700还可以包括收发器730,处理器710可以控制该收发器730与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , the communication device 700 may further include a transceiver 730, and the processor 710 may control the transceiver 730 to communicate with other devices, specifically, may send information or data to other devices, or Receive information or data sent by other devices.

其中,收发器730可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器730还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Among them, the transceiver 730 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 730 may further include antennas, and the number of the antennas may be one or more.

在一些实施例中,该通信设备700具体可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备700可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may specifically be the network device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 700 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.

在一些实施例中,该通信设备700具体可为本申请实施例的移动终端/终端设备,并且该通信设备700可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 700 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application, For brevity, details are not repeated here.

图8是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图8所示的芯片800包括处理器810,处理器810 可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 800 shown in FIG. 8 includes a processor 810, and the processor 810 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in this embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,如图8所示,芯片800还可以包括存储器820。其中,处理器810可以从存储器820中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8 , the chip 800 may also include a memory 820 . The processor 810 may call and run a computer program from the memory 820 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.

其中,存储器820可以是独立于处理器810的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器810中。The memory 820 may be a separate device independent of the processor 810 , or may be integrated in the processor 810 .

在一些实施例中,该芯片800还可以包括输入接口830。其中,处理器810可以控制该输入接口830与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments, the chip 800 may also include an input interface 830 . The processor 810 may control the input interface 830 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may acquire information or data sent by other devices or chips.

在一些实施例中,该芯片800还可以包括输出接口840。其中,处理器810可以控制该输出接口840与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。In some embodiments, the chip 800 may also include an output interface 840 . The processor 810 may control the output interface 840 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may output information or data to other devices or chips.

在一些实施例中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application, which is not repeated here for brevity.

在一些实施例中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, It is not repeated here.

应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, or a system-on-a-chip, or the like.

图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统900的示意性框图。如图9所示,该通信系统900包括终端设备910和网络设备920。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication system 900 includes a terminal device 910 and a network device 920 .

其中,该终端设备910可以用于实现上述方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备920可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The terminal device 910 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 920 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method. For brevity, details are not repeated here. .

应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be implemented or executed. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Wherein, the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static RAM (SRAM), Dynamic RAM (DRAM), Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above memory is an example but not a limitative description, for example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program.

可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, here No longer.

在一些实施例中,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为 了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the methods implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process is not repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including computer program instructions.

可选的,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.

在一些实施例中,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding method implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application The process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program.

可选的,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity. , and will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, the computer program is executed by the mobile terminal/terminal in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process implemented by the device will not be repeated here.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,)ROM、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (84)

一种无线通信的方法,所述方法包括:A method of wireless communication, the method comprising: 第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括所述第一设备;The first device receives first control information sent by the second device, where the first control information includes request-to-send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device; 所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息;The first device determines, according to the first control information, the request to send information of the first device; 所述第一设备根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the request of the first device to send information. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于确定以下至少一个信息:The method according to claim 1, wherein the request to send information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following information: 第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息、信道占用时间COT的长度信息、COT的结束位置信息、频域资源集合指示信息、时隙格式指示信息、控制信道监测集合组指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否请求传输。First indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, length information of channel occupation time COT, end position information of COT, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, control channel monitoring Set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括与至少一个小区或至少一个带宽部分BWP或至少一个频域资源集合关联的请求发送信息。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the request to send information of the first device comprises request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息中的第一请求发送信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。The method of claim 3, wherein the first request-to-send information in the request-to-send information of the first device is associated with a first cell or a first BWP or a first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first The cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于以下方式之一确定:The method according to claim 4, wherein the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following ways: 基于高层配置参数确定;Determined based on high-level configuration parameters; 预定义;Predefined; 基于所述第一小区对应的频谱属性确定;以及,Determined based on a spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell; and, 基于所述第一小区对应的信道接入机制确定。It is determined based on the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 4 or 5, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。The location of the information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求4至6中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求4至7中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method of any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein, 所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是预定义的;或者,The first control information including the first request to send information is predefined; or, 所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是基于高层配置参数确定的。The first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter. 根据权利要求4至8中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 4 to 8, wherein the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。The position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the The location in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein a position of a part of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is located in the first control information. The location in the first control information is predefined, including: 所述至少两个信息中的第一信息在所述第一控制信息中的起始位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中除所述第一信息以外的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是根据所述 起始位置和预定义规则确定的,所述预定义规则包括所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则。The starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information is in the The position in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, and the predefined rule includes an ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information. 根据权利要求4至10中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 4 to 10, wherein the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information The number of bits corresponding to the information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示不请求传输;the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested; 其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组或小区组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group or a cell group. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, and the first indication information is related to the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency Domain resource collection association, where, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; 其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein, 所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中为专用信息域;或者,The first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的至少一个信息对应的第一信息状态来表征,所述第一信息状态用于确定不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特对应的第二信息状态来表征,所述第二信息状态用于确定不请求传输。The first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括波束指示信息,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一设备的请求发送信息关联的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the request to send information of the first device associated physical channel. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第一波束信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的传输配置指示TCI指示信息和/或所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号索引。The method according to claim 15, wherein the first beam information comprises transmission configuration indication TCI indication information associated with the first control information and/or a reference signal index associated with the first control information. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其中,所述第二波束信息包括所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号索引。The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with transmission of the physical channel and/or reference signal index associated with transmission of the physical channel. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号索引。The method of any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the third beam information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information. 根据权利要求15至18中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein the third beam information is used by the first device to determine a beam used in a channel access procedure, and/or the third beam The information is used to determine the beam used by the first device to send the reply information. 根据权利要求15至19中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所 述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 19, wherein the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information and the first A beam information is associated, or the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. 根据权利要求15至20中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 20, wherein the beam indication information further comprises third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: 所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;The first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; 所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;以及,the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; and, 所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息。The third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information. 根据权利要求1至21中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes response resource indication information, and the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information; 时域位置信息,所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;time domain location information, the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource; 下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,downlink allocation indication information, where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and, 功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 22, wherein, 所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The acknowledgement resources include sounding reference signal SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其中,A method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein, 所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,The acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the time-domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information for HARQ; or, 所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会;或者,The response resources include PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or, 所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources. 根据权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括信道接入指示信息,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information, and the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information : 所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,the channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and, 所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。The length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。The method according to claim 25, wherein the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, first-type channel access, and second-type channel access enter. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 26, wherein, 所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,The first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or, 所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length. 根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method of any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein, 所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。The channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE. 根据权利要求1至28中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括COT的长度信息和/或COT的结束位置信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information, wherein, 所述COT的长度信息指所述第二设备从发送所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数或指所述第一设备从接收所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数;和/或,The length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the number of time units that the first device includes from receiving the first control information. The number of time units included in the COT starting from the time unit; and/or, 所述COT的结束位置信息指所述COT的结束位置对应的时间单元。The end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT. 根据权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括频域资源集合指示信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information, wherein, 所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系;和/或,The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定至少一个频域资源集合是否可用于传输。The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine whether at least one frequency domain resource set is available for transmission. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系,包括:The method according to claim 30, wherein the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device, include: 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在 所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; 其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group. 根据权利要求1至31中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括时隙格式指示信息,所述时隙格式指示信息用于指示时隙格式,所述时隙格式用于确定一个时隙包括的多个符号中的每个符号的符号类型。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 31, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes time slot format indication information, the time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format indication information is used to indicate the time slot format. The slot format is used to determine the symbol type of each of a plurality of symbols included in a slot. 根据权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括控制信道监测集合组指示信息,所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息用于所述第一设备确定待监测的控制信道集合组。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information, and the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used for the first device The device determines the set of control channels to monitor. 根据权利要求1至33中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the request of the first device to send information, comprising: 所述第一设备根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定所述第二设备是否请求传输;The first device determines whether the second device requests transmission according to the request of the first device to send information; 在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息;或者,In the case that the second device requests transmission, the first device determines to send the first response information to the second device; or, 在所述第二设备未请求传输的情况下,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息;或者,In the case that the second device does not request transmission, the first device determines to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information; or, 在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,若所述第一设备确定允许传输,则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息;或者,In the case that the second device requests transmission, if the first device determines that the transmission is allowed, the first device determines to send the first response information to the second device; or, 在所述第二设备请求传输的情况下,若所述第一设备确定不允许传输,则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息;In the case that the second device requests transmission, if the first device determines that the transmission is not allowed, the first device determines to send the second response information to the second device or not to send the response information; 其中,所述第一应答信息表示允许传输,所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。The first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中,所述第一应答信息为肯定确认ACK信息,所述第二应答信息为否定确认NACK信息。The method according to claim 34, wherein the first acknowledgement information is positive acknowledgement ACK information, and the second acknowledgement information is negative acknowledgement NACK information. 根据权利要求1至35中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 35, wherein, when the first device determines to send the response information to the second device, the method further comprises: 在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下,所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;或者,In the case that the channel corresponding to the response information is successfully accessed, the first device sends the response information to the second device; or, 在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下,所述第一设备不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。In the case that access to the channel corresponding to the response information fails, the first device does not send the response information to the second device. 根据权利要求1至36中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息为公共的控制信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 36, wherein the first control information is public control information. 根据权利要求1至37中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息,所述第一设备为终端设备,所述第二设备为网络设备。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 37, wherein the first control information is downlink control information, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. 根据权利要求1至37中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息为侧行控制信息,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备为第二终端设备。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 37, wherein the first control information is sideline control information, the first device is a first terminal device, and the second device is a second terminal device . 根据权利要求1至39中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 39, wherein the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein, 所述第一控制信息格式对应的第一无线网络临时标识RNTI为公共的RNTI;和/或,The first wireless network temporary identifier RNTI corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI; and/or, 所述第一控制信息通过组公共控制信道传输。The first control information is transmitted through the group common control channel. 一种无线通信的方法,所述方法包括:A method of wireless communication, the method comprising: 第二设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括第一设备;The second device sends first control information, where the first control information includes at least one device's request to send information, and the at least one device includes the first device; 其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于所述第一设备确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The request to send information of the first device is used for the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于确定以下至少一个信息:The method of claim 41, wherein the request to send information of the first device is used to determine at least one of the following: 第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息、COT的长度信息、COT的结束位置信息、频域资源集合指示信息、时隙格式指示信息、控制信道监测集合组指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否请求传输。First indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, COT length information, COT end position information, frequency domain resource set indication information, time slot format indication information, control channel monitoring set group indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device requests transmission. 根据权利要求41或42所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括与至少一个小区或至少一个BWP或至少一个频域资源集合关联的请求发送信息。The method according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the request to send information of the first device comprises request to send information associated with at least one cell or at least one BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息中的第一请求发送信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。The method of claim 43, wherein the first request-to-send information in the request-to-send information of the first device is associated with a first cell or a first BWP or a first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first The cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其中,所述第一请求发送信息包括的信息基于以下方式之一确定:The method according to claim 44, wherein the information included in the first request to send information is determined based on one of the following ways: 基于高层配置参数确定;Determined based on high-level configuration parameters; 预定义;Predefined; 基于所述第一小区对应的频谱属性确定;以及,Determined based on a spectrum attribute corresponding to the first cell; and, 基于所述第一小区对应的信道接入机制确定。It is determined based on the channel access mechanism corresponding to the first cell. 根据权利要求44或45所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 44 or 45, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The location of the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。The location of the information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求44至46中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method of any one of claims 44 to 46, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits corresponding to the information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求44至47中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method of any one of claims 44 to 47, wherein, 所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是预定义的;或者,The first control information including the first request to send information is predefined; or, 所述第一控制信息中包括所述第一请求发送信息是基于高层配置参数确定的。The first request-to-send information included in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter. 根据权利要求44至48中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,The method of any one of claims 44 to 48, wherein the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的;或者,The position of each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的。The position of a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on high-level configuration parameters, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is in the The location in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其中,所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是预定义的,包括:The method of claim 49, wherein a position of a part of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information is located in the first control information. The location in the first control information is predefined, including: 所述至少两个信息中的第一信息在所述第一控制信息中的起始位置是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中除所述第一信息以外的信息在所述第一控制信息中的位置是根据所述起始位置和预定义规则确定的,所述预定义规则包括所述至少两个信息在所述第一控制信息中的排序规则。The starting position of the first information in the at least two pieces of information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the information other than the first information in the at least two pieces of information is in the The position in the first control information is determined according to the starting position and a predefined rule, where the predefined rule includes an ordering rule of the at least two pieces of information in the first control information. 根据权利要求44至50中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一请求发送信息包括至少两个信息,其中,The method of any one of claims 44 to 50, wherein the first request to send information includes at least two pieces of information, wherein, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的每个信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的;或者,The number of bits corresponding to each of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request-to-send information in the first control information is predefined; or, 所述第一请求发送信息中包括的所述至少两个信息中的一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是基于高层配置参数确定的,所述至少两个信息中的另一部分信息在所述第一控制信息中对应的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits corresponding to a part of the at least two pieces of information included in the first request to send information in the first control information is determined based on a high-level configuration parameter, and the other part of the at least two pieces of information The number of bits corresponding to the information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求41至51中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 41 to 51, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first device to request transmission; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that transmission is not requested; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to instruct the first group to request transmission; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示不请求传输;the first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested; 其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组或小区组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group or a cell group. 根据权利要求41至51中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息与第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合关联,其中,The method according to any one of claims 41 to 51, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, and the first indication information is related to the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency Domain resource collection association, where, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The first indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources; 其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group. 根据权利要求41至53中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括第一指示信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 41 to 53, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes first indication information, wherein, 所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中为专用信息域;或者,The first indication information is a dedicated information field in the first control information; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的至少一个信息对应的第一信息状态来表征,所述第一信息状态用于确定不请求传输;或者,The first indication information is represented by a first information state corresponding to at least one piece of information included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the first information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括的比特中的部分或全部比特对应的第二信息状态来表征,所述第二信息状态用于确定不请求传输。The first indication information is represented by a second information state corresponding to some or all of the bits included in the request-to-send information of the first device, where the second information state is used to determine that transmission is not requested. 根据权利要求41至54中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括波束指示信息,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 41 to 54, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一设备的请求发送信息关联的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the request to send information of the first device associated physical channel. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其中,所述第一波束信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号索引。The method according to claim 55, wherein the first beam information comprises TCI indication information associated with the first control information and/or a reference signal index associated with the first control information. 根据权利要求55或56所述的方法,其中,所述第二波束信息包括所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息和/或所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号索引。The method according to claim 55 or 56, wherein the second beam information includes TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission and/or a reference signal index associated with the physical channel transmission. 根据权利要求55至57中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号索引。The method of any one of claims 55 to 57, wherein the third beam information includes a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information. 根据权利要求55至58中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。The method according to any one of claims 55 to 58, wherein the third beam information is used by the first device to determine a beam used in a channel access procedure, and/or the third beam The information is used to determine the beam used by the first device to send the reply information. 根据权利要求55至59中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。The method according to any one of claims 55 to 59, wherein the beam indication information further comprises second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information and the first A beam information is associated, or the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. 根据权利要求55至60中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 55 to 60, wherein the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: 所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;The first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; 所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;以及,the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; and, 所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息。The third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information. 根据权利要求41至61中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括应答资源指示信息,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 41 to 61, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes response resource indication information, and the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information; 时域位置信息,所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;time domain location information, the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource; 下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以 及,downlink allocation indication information, the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and, 功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 62, wherein, 所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information. 根据权利要求62或63所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 62 or 63, wherein, 所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,The acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the time domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information for HARQ; or, 所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会;或者,The response resources include PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or, 所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources. 根据权利要求41至64中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括信道接入指示信息,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 41 to 64, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes channel access indication information, and the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information : 所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,the channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and, 所述应答信息对应的CPE长度。The CPE length corresponding to the response information. 根据权利要求65所述的方法,其中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。The method according to claim 65, wherein the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, first-type channel access, and second-type channel access enter. 根据权利要求66所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 66, wherein, 所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,The first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or, 所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length. 根据权利要求65至67中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method of any one of claims 65 to 67, wherein, 所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。The channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE. 根据权利要求41至68中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括COT的长度信息和/或COT的结束位置信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 41 to 68, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes COT length information and/or COT end position information, wherein, 所述COT的长度信息指所述第二设备从发送所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数或指所述第一设备从接收所述第一控制信息的时间单元开始所述COT包括的时间单元的个数;和/或,The length information of the COT refers to the number of time units included in the COT from the time unit when the second device sends the first control information, or refers to the number of time units that the first device includes from receiving the first control information. The number of time units included in the COT starting from the time unit; and/or, 所述COT的结束位置信息指所述COT的结束位置对应的时间单元。The end position information of the COT refers to a time unit corresponding to the end position of the COT. 根据权利要求41至69中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括频域资源集合指示信息,其中,The method according to any one of claims 41 to 69, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes frequency domain resource set indication information, wherein: 所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系;和/或,The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device; and/or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定至少一个频域资源集合是否可用于传输。The frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine whether at least one frequency domain resource set is available for transmission. 根据权利要求70所述的方法,其中,所述频域资源集合指示信息用于确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息与所述第一设备的至少一个频域资源集合之间的关联关系,包括:The method according to claim 70, wherein the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to determine an association relationship between the request to send information of the first device and at least one frequency domain resource set of the first device, include: 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device to request transmission on the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一设备指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first device that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上请求传输;或者,The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; or, 所述频域资源集合指示信息中与所述第一频域资源集合对应的比特用于向所述第一组指示在所述第一频域资源集合上不请求传输;The bit corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set in the frequency domain resource set indication information is used to indicate to the first group that no transmission is requested on the first frequency domain resource set; 其中,所述第一设备对应于所述第一组,所述第一组为设备组。The first device corresponds to the first group, and the first group is a device group. 根据权利要求41至71中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括时隙格式指示信息,所述时隙格式指示信息用于指示时隙格式,所述时隙格式用于确定一个时隙包括的多个符号中的每个符号的符号类型。The method according to any one of claims 41 to 71, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes time slot format indication information, the time slot format indication information is used to indicate a time slot format, and the time slot format indication information is used to indicate the time slot format. The slot format is used to determine the symbol type of each of a plurality of symbols included in a slot. 根据权利要求41至72中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息包括控制信道监测集合组指示信息,所述控制信道监测集合组指示信息用于所述第一设备确定待监测 的控制信道集合组。The method according to any one of claims 41 to 72, wherein the request to send information of the first device includes control channel monitoring set group indication information, and the control channel monitoring set group indication information is used for the first device The device determines the set of control channels to monitor. 根据权利要求41至73中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息为公共的控制信息。The method according to any one of claims 41 to 73, wherein the first control information is public control information. 根据权利要求41至74中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息,所述第一设备为终端设备,所述第二设备为网络设备。The method according to any one of claims 41 to 74, wherein the first control information is downlink control information, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. 根据权利要求41至74中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息为侧行控制信息,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备为第二终端设备。The method according to any one of claims 41 to 74, wherein the first control information is sideline control information, the first device is a first terminal device, and the second device is a second terminal device . 根据权利要求41至76中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式,其中,The method according to any one of claims 41 to 76, wherein the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, wherein, 所述第一控制信息格式对应的第一RNTI为公共的RNTI;和/或,The first RNTI corresponding to the first control information format is a public RNTI; and/or, 所述第一控制信息通过组公共控制信道传输。The first control information is transmitted through the group common control channel. 一种无线通信的装置,应用于第一设备,所述装置包括:An apparatus for wireless communication, applied to a first device, the apparatus comprising: 接收单元,用于接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括所述第一设备;a receiving unit, configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information includes request-to-send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device; 确定单元,用于根据所述第一控制信息,确定所述第一设备的请求发送信息;根据所述第一设备的请求发送信息,确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。A determining unit, configured to determine the request to send information of the first device according to the first control information; to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the request to send information of the first device. 一种无线通信的装置,应用于第二设备,所述装置包括:An apparatus for wireless communication, applied to a second device, the apparatus comprising: 发送单元,用于发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息包括至少一个设备的请求发送信息,所述至少一个设备包括第一设备;a sending unit, configured to send first control information, where the first control information includes request to send information of at least one device, and the at least one device includes the first device; 其中,所述第一设备的请求发送信息用于所述第一设备确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The request to send information of the first device is used by the first device to determine whether to send response information to the second device. 一种通信设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1至40中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求41至77中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute the computer program according to any one of claims 1 to 40. , or the method of any one of claims 41 to 77. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至40中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求41至77中任一项所述的方法。A chip, comprising: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device on which the chip is installed executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 40, or claims 41 to 77 The method of any of the above. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至40中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求41至77中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program that causes a computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 40, or the method of any one of claims 41 to 77 . 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至40中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求41至77中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions that cause a computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 40, or the method of any one of claims 41 to 77. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至40中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求41至77中任一项所述的方法。A computer program that causes a computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 40, or the method of any one of claims 41 to 77.
PCT/CN2021/071339 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and communication device Ceased WO2022150990A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180089435.6A CN116686364A (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Method and device for wireless communication, and communication device
PCT/CN2021/071339 WO2022150990A1 (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/071339 WO2022150990A1 (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022150990A1 true WO2022150990A1 (en) 2022-07-21

Family

ID=82446439

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/071339 Ceased WO2022150990A1 (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116686364A (en)
WO (1) WO2022150990A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107645787A (en) * 2016-07-21 2018-01-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of guard method of data transfer and device
CN107734560A (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for transmitting signals, communication equipment and communication system
CN109644506A (en) * 2016-08-19 2019-04-16 高通股份有限公司 The communication of control information is carried out by interleaved symbol
CN110581754A (en) * 2018-06-11 2019-12-17 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method, equipment and device for sending and receiving request signal
US20200092913A1 (en) * 2018-09-17 2020-03-19 Kai Xu Transmission Structure with Beamforming for a Radio System

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107645787A (en) * 2016-07-21 2018-01-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of guard method of data transfer and device
CN107734560A (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for transmitting signals, communication equipment and communication system
CN109644506A (en) * 2016-08-19 2019-04-16 高通股份有限公司 The communication of control information is carried out by interleaved symbol
CN110581754A (en) * 2018-06-11 2019-12-17 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method, equipment and device for sending and receiving request signal
US20200092913A1 (en) * 2018-09-17 2020-03-19 Kai Xu Transmission Structure with Beamforming for a Radio System

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "On wideband operation in NR-U", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1912280, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, Nevada, U.S.A; 20191118 - 20191122, 8 November 2019 (2019-11-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051823343 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116686364A (en) 2023-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111970706B (en) Wireless communication method and device for unlicensed spectrum
CN113518470B (en) Method and device for determining channel access scheme, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN113038422B (en) Method and terminal device for transmitting sidelink data
CN113490286B (en) Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN109644466B (en) Uplink signal sending method and terminal equipment
TWI829760B (en) Communication method and device for sidelink
WO2018192015A1 (en) Method and device for configuring time-frequency resource transmission direction
CN113473638B (en) Method and device for determining transmission bandwidth and storage medium
US20220352923A1 (en) Frequency hopping methods, electronic device, and storage medium
CN109644093B (en) Upstream channel sending method and terminal device
WO2022110233A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
TW202019205A (en) Resource allocation method and apparatus, and terminal
US20240276544A1 (en) Wireless communication method, and terminal device
WO2022222106A1 (en) Method for transmitting physical sidelink feedback channel (psfch) and terminal device
WO2020168575A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN112291856B (en) Method for determining side link category, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN112929975B (en) Resource determining and configuring method, device, terminal and network equipment
CN113115261B (en) Method, terminal device and network device for wireless communication
EP4391673A1 (en) Channel access method, and device and storage medium
WO2022150993A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
JPWO2019214301A5 (en)
CN112740800B (en) Communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022082785A1 (en) Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device
CN113273274B (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
CN113273302B (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21918208

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180089435.6

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21918208

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1